SPRUHZ7K August   2015  – April 2024 AM5706 , AM5708 , AM5716 , AM5718 , AM5718-HIREL

 

  1.   1
  2.   Preface
    1.     Support Resources
    2.     About This Manual
    3.     Information About Cautions and Warnings
    4.     Register, Field, and Bit Calls
    5.     Coding Rules
    6.     Flow Chart Rules
    7.     Export Control Notice
    8.     AM571x, AM570x MIPI® Disclaimer
    9.     Trademarks
  3. 1 Introduction
    1. 1.1 AM571x, AM570x Overview
    2. 1.2 AM571x, AM570x Environment
    3. 1.3 AM571x, AM570x Description
      1. 1.3.1  MPU Subsystem
      2. 1.3.2  DSP Subsystem
      3. 1.3.3  PRU-ICSS
      4. 1.3.4  IPU Subsystems
      5. 1.3.5  IVA-HD Subsystem
      6. 1.3.6  Display Subsystem
      7. 1.3.7  Video Processing Subsystem
      8. 1.3.8  Video Capture
      9. 1.3.9  3D GPU Subsystem
      10. 1.3.10 BB2D Subsystem
      11. 1.3.11 Camera Interface Subsystem
      12. 1.3.12 On-Chip Debug Support
      13. 1.3.13 Power, Reset, and Clock Management
      14. 1.3.14 On-Chip Memory
      15. 1.3.15 Memory Management
      16. 1.3.16 External Memory Interfaces
      17. 1.3.17 System and Connectivity Peripherals
        1. 1.3.17.1 System Peripherals
        2. 1.3.17.2 Media Connectivity Peripherals
        3. 1.3.17.3 Connectivity Peripherals
        4. 1.3.17.4 Audio Connectivity Peripherals
        5. 1.3.17.5 Serial Control Peripherals
    4. 1.4 AM571x, AM570x Family
    5. 1.5 AM571x, AM570x Device Identification
    6. 1.6 AM571x, AM570x Package Characteristics Overview
  4. 2 Memory Mapping
    1. 2.1 Introduction
    2. 2.2 L3_MAIN Memory Map
      1. 2.2.1 L3_INSTR Memory Map
    3. 2.3 L4 Memory Map
      1. 2.3.1 L4_CFG Memory Map
      2. 2.3.2 L4_WKUP Memory Map
      3. 2.3.3 L4_PER Memory Map
        1. 2.3.3.1 L4_PER1 Memory Map
        2. 2.3.3.2 L4_PER2 Memory Map
        3. 2.3.3.3 L4_PER3 Memory Map
    4. 2.4 MPU Memory Map
    5. 2.5 IPU Memory Map
    6. 2.6 DSP Memory Map
    7. 2.7 PRU-ICSS Memory Map
    8. 2.8 TILER View Memory Map
  5. 3 Power, Reset, and Clock Management
    1. 3.1  Device Power Management Introduction
      1. 3.1.1 Device Power-Management Architecture Building Blocks
        1. 3.1.1.1 Clock Management
          1. 3.1.1.1.1 Module Interface and Functional Clocks
          2. 3.1.1.1.2 62
          3. 3.1.1.1.3 Module-Level Clock Management
          4. 3.1.1.1.4 Clock Domain
          5. 3.1.1.1.5 Clock Domain-Level Clock Management
          6. 3.1.1.1.6 Clock Domain HW_AUTO Mode Sequences
          7. 3.1.1.1.7 Clock Domain Sleep/Wake-up
          8. 3.1.1.1.8 Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.1.1.1.8.1 Static Dependency
            2. 3.1.1.1.8.2 Dynamic Dependency
            3. 3.1.1.1.8.3 Wake-Up Dependency
        2. 3.1.1.2 Power Management
          1. 3.1.1.2.1 Power Domain
          2. 3.1.1.2.2 Module Logic and Memory Context
          3. 3.1.1.2.3 Power Domain Management
        3. 3.1.1.3 Voltage Management
          1. 3.1.1.3.1 Voltage Domain
          2. 3.1.1.3.2 Voltage Domain Management
          3. 3.1.1.3.3 AVS Overview
            1. 3.1.1.3.3.1 AVS Class 0 (SmartReflex™) Voltage Control
      2. 3.1.2 Power-Management Techniques
        1. 3.1.2.1 Standby Leakage Management
        2. 3.1.2.2 Dynamic Voltage and Frequency Scaling
        3. 3.1.2.3 Dynamic Power Switching
        4. 3.1.2.4 Adaptive Voltage Scaling
        5. 3.1.2.5 Adaptive Body Bias
        6. 3.1.2.6 87
        7. 3.1.2.7 SR3-APG (Automatic Power Gating)
        8. 3.1.2.8 Combining Power-Management Techniques
          1. 3.1.2.8.1 DPS Versus SLM
    2. 3.2  PRCM Subsystem Overview
      1. 3.2.1 Introduction
      2. 3.2.2 Power-Management Framework Features
    3. 3.3  PRCM Subsystem Environment
      1. 3.3.1 External Clock Signals
      2. 3.3.2 External Boot Signals
      3. 3.3.3 External Reset Signals
      4. 3.3.4 External Voltage Inputs
    4. 3.4  PRCM Subsystem Integration
      1. 3.4.1 Device Power-Management Layout
      2. 3.4.2 Power-Management Scheme, Reset, and Interrupt Requests
        1. 3.4.2.1 Power Domain
        2. 3.4.2.2 Resets
        3. 3.4.2.3 PRCM Interrupt Requests
        4. 3.4.2.4 105
    5. 3.5  Reset Management Functional Description
      1. 3.5.1 Overview
        1. 3.5.1.1 PRCM Reset Management Functional Description
          1. 3.5.1.1.1 Power-On Reset
          2. 3.5.1.1.2 Warm Reset
        2. 3.5.1.2 PRM Reset Management Functional Description
      2. 3.5.2 General Characteristics of Reset Signals
        1. 3.5.2.1 Scope
        2. 3.5.2.2 Occurrence
        3. 3.5.2.3 Source Type
        4. 3.5.2.4 Retention Type
      3. 3.5.3 Reset Sources
        1. 3.5.3.1 Global Reset Sources
        2. 3.5.3.2 Local Reset Sources
      4. 3.5.4 Reset Logging
      5. 3.5.5 Reset Domains
      6. 3.5.6 Reset Sequences
        1. 3.5.6.1  MPU Subsystem Power-On Reset Sequence
        2. 3.5.6.2  MPU Subsystem Warm Reset Sequence
        3. 3.5.6.3  MPU Subsystem Reset Sequence on Sleep and Wake-Up Transitions From RETENTION State
        4. 3.5.6.4  IVA Subsystem Power-On Reset Sequence
        5. 3.5.6.5  IVA Subsystem Software Warm Reset Sequence
        6. 3.5.6.6  DSP1 Subsystem Power-On Reset Sequence
        7. 3.5.6.7  DSP1 Subsystem Software Warm Reset Sequence
        8. 3.5.6.8  IPU1 Subsystem Power-On Reset Sequence
        9. 3.5.6.9  IPU1 Subsystem Software Warm Reset Sequence
        10. 3.5.6.10 IPU2 Subsystem Power-On Reset Sequence
        11. 3.5.6.11 IPU2 Subsystem Software Warm Reset Sequence
        12. 3.5.6.12 Global Warm Reset Sequence
    6. 3.6  Clock Management Functional Description
      1. 3.6.1 Overview
      2. 3.6.2 External Clock Inputs
        1. 3.6.2.1 FUNC_32K_CLK Clock
        2. 3.6.2.2 High-Frequency System Clock Input
        3. 3.6.2.3 External Reference Clock Input
      3. 3.6.3 Internal Clock Sources and Generators
        1. 3.6.3.1  PRM Clock Source
        2. 3.6.3.2  CM Clock Source
          1. 3.6.3.2.1 CM_CORE_AON Clock Generator
          2. 3.6.3.2.2 CM_CORE_AON_CLKOUTMUX Overview
          3. 3.6.3.2.3 CM_CORE_AON_TIMER Overview
          4. 3.6.3.2.4 CM_CORE_AON_MCASP Overview
        3. 3.6.3.3  Generic DPLL Overview
          1. 3.6.3.3.1 Generic APLL Overview
          2. 3.6.3.3.2 DPLLs Output Clocks Parameters
          3. 3.6.3.3.3 Enable Control, Status, and Low-Power Operation Mode
          4. 3.6.3.3.4 DPLL Power Modes
          5. 3.6.3.3.5 DPLL Recalibration
          6. 3.6.3.3.6 DPLL Output Power Down
        4. 3.6.3.4  DPLL_PER Description
          1. 3.6.3.4.1 DPLL_PER Overview
          2. 3.6.3.4.2 DPLL_PER Synthesized Clock Parameters
          3. 3.6.3.4.3 DPLL_PER Power Modes
          4. 3.6.3.4.4 DPLL_PER Recalibration
        5. 3.6.3.5  DPLL_CORE Description
          1. 3.6.3.5.1 DPLL_CORE Overview
          2. 3.6.3.5.2 DPLL_CORE Synthesized Clock Parameters
          3. 3.6.3.5.3 DPLL_CORE Power Modes
          4. 3.6.3.5.4 DPLL_CORE Recalibration
        6. 3.6.3.6  DPLL_ABE Description
          1. 3.6.3.6.1 DPLL_ABE Overview
          2. 3.6.3.6.2 DPLL_ABE Synthesized Clock Parameters
          3. 3.6.3.6.3 DPLL_ABE Power Modes
          4. 3.6.3.6.4 DPLL_ABE Recalibration
        7. 3.6.3.7  DPLL_MPU Description
          1. 3.6.3.7.1 DPLL_MPU Overview
          2. 3.6.3.7.2 DPLL_MPU Tactical Clocking Adjustment
          3. 3.6.3.7.3 DPLL_MPU Synthesized Clock Parameters
          4. 3.6.3.7.4 DPLL_MPU Power Modes
          5. 3.6.3.7.5 DPLL_MPU Recalibration
        8. 3.6.3.8  DPLL_IVA Description
          1. 3.6.3.8.1 DPLL_IVA Overview
          2. 3.6.3.8.2 DPLL_IVA Synthesized Clock Parameters
          3. 3.6.3.8.3 DPLL_IVA Power Modes
          4. 3.6.3.8.4 DPLL_IVA Recalibration
        9. 3.6.3.9  DPLL_USB Description
          1. 3.6.3.9.1 DPLL_USB Overview
          2. 3.6.3.9.2 DPLL_USB Synthesized Clock Parameters
          3. 3.6.3.9.3 DPLL_USB Power Modes
          4. 3.6.3.9.4 DPLL_USB Recalibration
        10. 3.6.3.10 DPLL_DSP Description
          1. 3.6.3.10.1 DPLL_DSP Overview
          2. 3.6.3.10.2 DPLL_DSP Synthesized Clock Parameters
          3. 3.6.3.10.3 DPLL_DSP Power Modes
          4. 3.6.3.10.4 DPLL_DSP Recalibration
        11. 3.6.3.11 DPLL_GMAC Description
          1. 3.6.3.11.1 DPLL_GMAC Overview
          2. 3.6.3.11.2 DPLL_GMAC Synthesized Clock Parameters
          3. 3.6.3.11.3 DPLL_GMAC Power Modes
          4. 3.6.3.11.4 DPLL_GMAC Recalibration
        12. 3.6.3.12 DPLL_GPU Description
          1. 3.6.3.12.1 DPLL_GPU Overview
          2. 3.6.3.12.2 DPLL_GPU Synthesized Clock Parameters
          3. 3.6.3.12.3 DPLL_GPU Power Modes
          4. 3.6.3.12.4 DPLL_GPU Recalibration
        13. 3.6.3.13 DPLL_DDR Description
          1. 3.6.3.13.1 DPLL_DDR Overview
          2. 3.6.3.13.2 DPLL_DDR Synthesized Clock Parameters
          3. 3.6.3.13.3 DPLL_DDR Power Modes
          4. 3.6.3.13.4 DPLL_DDR Recalibration
        14. 3.6.3.14 DPLL_PCIE_REF Description
          1. 3.6.3.14.1 DPLL_PCIE_REF Overview
          2. 3.6.3.14.2 DPLL_PCIE_REF Synthesized Clock Parameters
          3. 3.6.3.14.3 DPLL_PCIE_REF Power Modes
        15. 3.6.3.15 APLL_PCIE Description
          1. 3.6.3.15.1 APLL_PCIE Overview
          2. 3.6.3.15.2 APLL_PCIE Synthesized Clock Parameters
          3. 3.6.3.15.3 APLL_PCIE Power Modes
      4. 3.6.4 Clock Domains
        1. 3.6.4.1  CD_WKUPAON Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.1.1 CD_WKUPAON Overview
          2. 3.6.4.1.2 CD_WKUPAON Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.1.3 CD_WKUPAON Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.1.3.1 CD_WKUPAON Wake-Up Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.1.4 CD_WKUPAON Clock Domain Module Attributes
        2. 3.6.4.2  CD_DSP1 Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.2.1 CD_DSP1 Overview
          2. 3.6.4.2.2 CD_DSP1 Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.2.3 CD_DSP1 Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.2.3.1 CD_DSP1 Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.2.3.2 CD_DSP1 Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.2.4 CD_DSP1 Clock Domain Module Attributes
        3. 3.6.4.3  CD_CUSTEFUSE Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.3.1 CD_CUSTEFUSE Overview
          2. 3.6.4.3.2 CD_CUSTEFUSE Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.3.3 CD_CUSTEFUSE Clock Domain Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.3.4 CD_CUSTEFUSE Clock Domain Module Attributes
        4. 3.6.4.4  CD_MPU Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.4.1 CD_MPU Overview
          2. 3.6.4.4.2 CD_MPU Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.4.3 CD_MPU Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.4.3.1 CD_MPU Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.4.3.2 CD_MPU Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.4.4 CD_MPU Clock Domain Module Attributes
        5. 3.6.4.5  CD_L4PER1 Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.5.1 CD_L4PER1 Overview
          2. 3.6.4.5.2 CD_L4PER1 Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.5.3 CD_L4PER1 Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.5.3.1 CD_L4PER1 Dynamic Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.5.3.2 CD_L4PER1 Wake-Up Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.5.4 CD_L4PER1 Clock Domain Module Attributes
        6. 3.6.4.6  CD_L4PER2 Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.6.1 CD_L4PER2 Overview
          2. 3.6.4.6.2 CD_L4PER2 Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.6.3 CD_L4PER2 Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.6.3.1 CD_L4PER2 Dynamic Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.6.3.2 CD_L4PER2 Wake-Up Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.6.4 CD_L4PER2 Clock Domain Module Attributes
        7. 3.6.4.7  CD_L4PER3 Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.7.1 CD_L4PER3 Overview
          2. 3.6.4.7.2 CD_L4PER3 Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.7.3 CD_L4PER3 Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.7.3.1 CD_L4PER3 Dynamic Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.7.3.2 CD_L4PER3 Wake-Up Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.7.4 CD_L4PER3 Clock Domain Module Attributes
        8. 3.6.4.8  CD_L4SEC Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.8.1 CD_L4SEC Overview
          2. 3.6.4.8.2 CD_L4SEC Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.8.3 CD_L4SEC Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.8.3.1 CD_L4SEC Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.8.3.2 CD_L4SEC Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.8.4 CD_L4SEC Clock Domain Module Attributes
          5. 3.6.4.8.5 268
        9. 3.6.4.9  CD_L3INIT Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.9.1 CD_L3INIT Overview
          2. 3.6.4.9.2 CD_L3INIT Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.9.3 CD_L3INIT Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.9.3.1 CD_L3INIT Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.9.3.2 CD_L3INIT Dynamic Dependency
            3. 3.6.4.9.3.3 CD_L3INIT Wake-Up Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.9.4 CD_L3INIT Clock Domain Module Attributes
        10. 3.6.4.10 CD_IVA Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.10.1 CD_IVA Overview
          2. 3.6.4.10.2 CD_IVA Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.10.3 CD_IVA Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.10.3.1 CD_IVA Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.10.3.2 CD_IVA Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.10.4 CD_IVA Clock Domain Module Attributes
        11. 3.6.4.11 CD_GPU Description
          1. 3.6.4.11.1 CD_GPU Overview
          2. 3.6.4.11.2 CD_GPU Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.11.3 CD_GPU Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.11.3.1 CD_GPU Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.11.3.2 CD_GPU Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.11.4 CD_GPU Clock Domain Module Attributes
        12. 3.6.4.12 CD_EMU Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.12.1 CD_EMU Overview
          2. 3.6.4.12.2 CD_EMU Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.12.3 CD_EMU Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.12.3.1 CD_EMU Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.12.4 CD_EMU Clock Domain Module Attributes
        13. 3.6.4.13 CD_DSS Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.13.1 CD_DSS Overview
          2. 3.6.4.13.2 CD_DSS Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.13.3 CD_DSS Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.13.3.1 CD_DSS Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.13.3.2 CD_DSS Dynamic Dependency
            3. 3.6.4.13.3.3 CD_DSS Wake-Up Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.13.4 CD_DSS Clock Domain Module Attributes
        14. 3.6.4.14 CD_L4_CFG Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.14.1 CD_L4_CFG Overview
          2. 3.6.4.14.2 CD_L4_CFG Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.14.3 CD_L4_CFG Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.14.3.1 CD_L4_CFG Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.14.4 CD_L4_CFG Clock Domain Module Attributes
        15. 3.6.4.15 CD_L3_INSTR Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.15.1 CD_L3_INSTR Overview
          2. 3.6.4.15.2 CD_L3_INSTR Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.15.3 CD_L3_INSTR Clock Domain Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.15.4 CD_L3_INSTR Clock Domain Module Attributes
        16. 3.6.4.16 CD_L3_MAIN1 Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.16.1 CD_L3_MAIN1 Overview
          2. 3.6.4.16.2 CD_L3_MAIN1 Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.16.3 CD_L3_MAIN1 Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.16.3.1 CD_L3_MAIN1 Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.16.4 CD_L3_MAIN1 Clock Domain Module Attributes
        17. 3.6.4.17 CD_EMIF Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.17.1 CD_EMIF Overview
          2. 3.6.4.17.2 CD_EMIF Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.17.3 CD_EMIF Clock Domain Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.17.4 CD_EMIF Clock Domain Module Attributes
        18. 3.6.4.18 CD_IPU Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.18.1 CD_IPU Overview
          2. 3.6.4.18.2 CD_IPU Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.18.3 CD_IPU Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.18.3.1 CD_IPU Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.18.3.2 CD_IPU Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.18.4 CD_IPU Clock Domain Module Attributes
        19. 3.6.4.19 CD_IPU1 Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.19.1 CD_IPU1 Overview
          2. 3.6.4.19.2 CD_IPU1 Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.19.3 CD_IPU1 Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.19.3.1 CD_IPU1 Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.19.3.2 CD_IPU1 Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.19.4 CD_IPU1 Clock Domain Module Attributes
        20. 3.6.4.20 CD_IPU2 Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.20.1 CD_IPU2 Overview
          2. 3.6.4.20.2 CD_IPU2 Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.20.3 CD_IPU2 Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.20.3.1 CD_IPU2 Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.20.3.2 CD_IPU2 Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.20.4 CD_IPU2 Clock Domain Module Attributes
        21. 3.6.4.21 CD_DMA Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.21.1 CD_DMA Overview
          2. 3.6.4.21.2 CD_DMA Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.21.3 CD_DMA Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.21.3.1 CD_DMA Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.21.3.2 CD_DMA Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.21.4 CD_DMA Clock Domain Module Attributes
        22. 3.6.4.22 CD_ATL Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.22.1 CD_ATL Overview
          2. 3.6.4.22.2 CD_ATL Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.22.3 CD_ATL Clock Domain Module Attributes
        23. 3.6.4.23 CD_CAM Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.23.1 CD_CAM Overview
          2. 3.6.4.23.2 CD_CAM Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.23.3 CD_CAM Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.23.3.1 CD_CAM Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.23.3.2 CD_CAM Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.23.4 CD_CAM Clock Domain Module Attributes
          5. 3.6.4.23.5 366
        24. 3.6.4.24 CD_GMAC Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.24.1 CD_GMAC Overview
          2. 3.6.4.24.2 CD_GMAC Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.24.3 CD_GMAC Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.24.3.1 CD_GMAC Static Dependency
            2. 3.6.4.24.3.2 CD_GMAC Dynamic Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.24.4 CD_GMAC Clock Domain Module Attributes
        25. 3.6.4.25 CD_VPE Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.25.1 CD_VPE Overview
          2. 3.6.4.25.2 CD_VPE Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.25.3 CD_VPE Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.25.3.1 CD_VPE Wake-Up Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.25.4 CD_VPE Clock Domain Module Attributes
        26. 3.6.4.26 CD_RTC Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.26.1 CD_RTC Overview
          2. 3.6.4.26.2 CD_RTC Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.26.3 CD_RTC Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.26.3.1 CD_RTC Wake-Up Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.26.4 CD_RTC Clock Domain Module Attributes
        27. 3.6.4.27 CD_PCIE Clock Domain
          1. 3.6.4.27.1 CD_PCIE Overview
          2. 3.6.4.27.2 CD_PCIE Clock Domain Modes
          3. 3.6.4.27.3 CD_PCIE Clock Domain Dependency
            1. 3.6.4.27.3.1 CD_PCIE Wake-Up Dependency
          4. 3.6.4.27.4 CD_PCIE Clock Domain Module Attributes
    7. 3.7  Power Management Functional Description
      1. 3.7.1  PD_WKUPAON Description
        1. 3.7.1.1 PD_WKUPAON Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.1.1.1 PD_WKUPAON Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
      2. 3.7.2  PD_DSP1 Description
        1. 3.7.2.1 PD_DSP1 Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.2.1.1 PD_DSP1 Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
          2. 3.7.2.1.2 PD_DSP1 Logic and Memory Area Power Modes Control and Status
      3. 3.7.3  PD_CUSTEFUSE Description
        1. 3.7.3.1 PD_CUSTEFUSE Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.3.1.1 PD_CUSTEFUSE Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
          2. 3.7.3.1.2 PD_CUSTEFUSE Logic and Memory Area Power Modes Control and Status
      4. 3.7.4  PD_MPU Description
        1. 3.7.4.1 PD_MPU Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.4.1.1 PD_MPU Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
          2. 3.7.4.1.2 PD_MPU Logic and Memory Area Power Modes Control and Status
          3. 3.7.4.1.3 PD_MPU Power State Override
      5. 3.7.5  PD_IPU Description
        1. 3.7.5.1 PD_IPU Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.5.1.1 PD_IPU Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
          2. 3.7.5.1.2 PD_IPU Logic and Memory Area Power Modes Control and Status
      6. 3.7.6  PD_L3INIT Description
        1. 3.7.6.1 PD_L3INIT Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.6.1.1 PD_L3INIT Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
          2. 3.7.6.1.2 PD_L3INIT Logic and Memory Area Power Modes Control and Status
      7. 3.7.7  PD_L4PER Description
      8. 3.7.8  PD_IVA Description
        1. 3.7.8.1 PD_IVA Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.8.1.1 PD_IVA Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
          2. 3.7.8.1.2 PD_IVA Logic and Memory Area Power Modes Control and Status
      9. 3.7.9  PD_GPU Description
        1. 3.7.9.1 PD_GPU Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.9.1.1 PD_GPU Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
          2. 3.7.9.1.2 PD_GPU Logic and Memory Area Power Modes Control and Status
      10. 3.7.10 PD_EMU Description
      11. 3.7.11 PD_DSS Description
        1. 3.7.11.1 PD_DSS Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.11.1.1 PD_DSS Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
          2. 3.7.11.1.2 PD_DSS Logic and Memory Area Power Mode Control and Status
      12. 3.7.12 PD_CORE Description
        1. 3.7.12.1 PD_CORE Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.12.1.1 PD_CORE Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
          2. 3.7.12.1.2 PD_CORE Logic and Memory Area Power Mode Control and Status
      13. 3.7.13 PD_CAM Description
        1. 3.7.13.1 PD_CAM Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.13.1.1 PD_CAM Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
          2. 3.7.13.1.2 PD_CAM Logic and Memory Area Power Mode Control and Status
      14. 3.7.14 PD_MPUAON Description
        1. 3.7.14.1 PD_MPUAON Power Domain Modes
      15. 3.7.15 PD_MMAON Description
        1. 3.7.15.1 PD_MMAON Power Domain Modes
      16. 3.7.16 PD_COREAON Description
        1. 3.7.16.1 PD_COREAON Power Domain Modes
      17. 3.7.17 PD_VPE Description
        1. 3.7.17.1 PD_VPE Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.17.1.1 PD_VPE Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
          2. 3.7.17.1.2 PD_VPE Logic and Memory Area Power Modes Control and Status
      18. 3.7.18 PD_RTC Description
        1. 3.7.18.1 PD_RTC Power Domain Modes
          1. 3.7.18.1.1 PD_RTC Logic and Memory Area Power Modes
    8. 3.8  Voltage-Management Functional Description
      1. 3.8.1 Overview
      2. 3.8.2 Voltage-Control Architecture
      3. 3.8.3 Internal LDOs Control
        1. 3.8.3.1 VDD_MPU_L, VDD_CORE_L, and VDD_IVAHD_L, VDD_GPU_L, VDD_DSPEVE_L Control
          1. 3.8.3.1.1 Adaptive Voltage Scaling
            1. 3.8.3.1.1.1 SmartReflex in the Device
        2. 3.8.3.2 Memory LDOs
        3. 3.8.3.3 ABB LDOs Control
        4. 3.8.3.4 ABB LDO Programming Sequence
          1. 3.8.3.4.1 ABB LDO Enable Sequence
          2. 3.8.3.4.2 ABB LDO Disable Sequence (Entering in Bypass Mode)
        5. 3.8.3.5 BANDGAPs Control
      4. 3.8.4 DVFS
    9. 3.9  Device Low-Power States
      1. 3.9.1 Device Wake-Up Source Summary
      2. 3.9.2 Wakeup Upon Global Warm Reset
      3. 3.9.3 Global Warm Reset During a Device Wake-Up Sequence
      4. 3.9.4 I/O Management
        1. 3.9.4.1 Isolation / Wakeup Sequence
          1. 3.9.4.1.1 Software-Controlled I/O Isolation
    10. 3.10 PRCM Module Programming Guide
      1. 3.10.1 DPLLs Low-Level Programming Models
        1. 3.10.1.1 Global Initialization
          1. 3.10.1.1.1 Surrounding Module Global Initialization
          2. 3.10.1.1.2 DPLL Global Initialization
            1. 3.10.1.1.2.1 Main Sequence – DPLL Global Initialization
            2. 3.10.1.1.2.2 Subsequence – Recalibration Parameter Configuration
            3. 3.10.1.1.2.3 Subsequence – Synthesized Clock Parameter Configuration
            4. 3.10.1.1.2.4 Subsequence – Output Clock Parameter Configuration
        2. 3.10.1.2 DPLL Output Frequency Change
      2. 3.10.2 Clock Management Low-Level Programming Models
        1. 3.10.2.1 Global Initialization
          1. 3.10.2.1.1 Surrounding Module Global Initialization
          2. 3.10.2.1.2 Clock Management Global Initialization
            1. 3.10.2.1.2.1 Main Sequence – Clock Domain Global Initialization
        2. 3.10.2.2 Clock Domain Sleep Transition and Troubleshooting
        3. 3.10.2.3 Enable/Disable Software-Programmable Static Dependency
      3. 3.10.3 Power Management Low-Level Programming Models
        1. 3.10.3.1 Global Initialization
          1. 3.10.3.1.1 Surrounding Module Global Initialization
          2. 3.10.3.1.2 Power Management Global Initialization
            1. 3.10.3.1.2.1 Main Sequence – Power Domain Global Initialization and Setting
        2. 3.10.3.2 Forced Memory Area State Change With Power Domain ON
        3. 3.10.3.3 Forced Power Domain Low-Power State Transition
    11. 3.11 497
    12. 3.12 PRCM Software Configuration for OPP_PLUS
    13. 3.13 PRCM Register Manual
      1. 3.13.1  Not Supported Functionality (Registers and Bits)
      2. 3.13.2  PRCM Instance Summary
      3. 3.13.3  CM_CORE_AON__CKGEN Registers
        1. 3.13.3.1 CM_CORE_AON__CKGEN Register Summary
        2. 3.13.3.2 CM_CORE_AON__CKGEN Register Description
      4. 3.13.4  CM_CORE_AON__DSP1 Registers
        1. 3.13.4.1 CM_CORE_AON__DSP1 Register Summary
        2. 3.13.4.2 CM_CORE_AON__DSP1 Register Description
      5. 3.13.5  CM_CORE_AON__DSP2 Registers
        1. 3.13.5.1 CM_CORE_AON__DSP2 Register Summary
        2. 3.13.5.2 CM_CORE_AON__DSP2 Register Description
      6. 3.13.6  CM_CORE_AON__EVE1 Registers
        1. 3.13.6.1 CM_CORE_AON__EVE1 Register Summary
        2. 3.13.6.2 CM_CORE_AON__EVE1 Register Description
      7. 3.13.7  CM_CORE_AON__EVE2 Registers
        1. 3.13.7.1 CM_CORE_AON__EVE2 Register Summary
        2. 3.13.7.2 CM_CORE_AON__EVE2 Register Description
      8. 3.13.8  CM_CORE_AON__EVE3 Registers
        1. 3.13.8.1 CM_CORE_AON__EVE3 Register Summary
        2. 3.13.8.2 CM_CORE_AON__EVE3 Register Description
      9. 3.13.9  CM_CORE_AON__EVE4 Registers
        1. 3.13.9.1 CM_CORE_AON__EVE4 Register Summary
        2. 3.13.9.2 CM_CORE_AON__EVE4 Register Description
      10. 3.13.10 CM_CORE_AON__INSTR Registers
        1. 3.13.10.1 CM_CORE_AON__INSTR Register Summary
        2. 3.13.10.2 CM_CORE_AON__INSTR Register Description
      11. 3.13.11 CM_CORE_AON__IPU Registers
        1. 3.13.11.1 CM_CORE_AON__IPU Register Summary
        2. 3.13.11.2 CM_CORE_AON__IPU Register Description
      12. 3.13.12 CM_CORE_AON__MPU Registers
        1. 3.13.12.1 CM_CORE_AON__MPU Register Summary
        2. 3.13.12.2 CM_CORE_AON__MPU Register Description
      13. 3.13.13 CM_CORE_AON__OCP_SOCKET Registers
        1. 3.13.13.1 CM_CORE_AON__OCP_SOCKET Register Summary
        2. 3.13.13.2 CM_CORE_AON__OCP_SOCKET Register Description
      14. 3.13.14 CM_CORE_AON__RESTORE Registers
        1. 3.13.14.1 CM_CORE_AON__RESTORE Register Summary
        2. 3.13.14.2 CM_CORE_AON__RESTORE Register Description
      15. 3.13.15 CM_CORE_AON__RTC Registers
        1. 3.13.15.1 CM_CORE_AON__RTC Register Summary
        2. 3.13.15.2 CM_CORE_AON__RTC Register Description
      16. 3.13.16 CM_CORE_AON__VPE Registers
        1. 3.13.16.1 CM_CORE_AON__VPE Register Summary
        2. 3.13.16.2 CM_CORE_AON__VPE Register Description
      17. 3.13.17 CM_CORE__CAM Registers
        1. 3.13.17.1 CM_CORE__CAM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.17.2 CM_CORE__CAM Register Description
      18. 3.13.18 CM_CORE__CKGEN Registers
        1. 3.13.18.1 CM_CORE__CKGEN Register Summary
        2. 3.13.18.2 CM_CORE__CKGEN Register Description
      19. 3.13.19 CM_CORE__COREAON Registers
        1. 3.13.19.1 CM_CORE__COREAON Register Summary
        2. 3.13.19.2 CM_CORE__COREAON Register Description
      20. 3.13.20 CM_CORE__CORE Registers
        1. 3.13.20.1 CM_CORE__CORE Register Summary
        2. 3.13.20.2 CM_CORE__CORE Register Description
      21. 3.13.21 CM_CORE__CUSTEFUSE Registers
        1. 3.13.21.1 CM_CORE__CUSTEFUSE Register Summary
        2. 3.13.21.2 CM_CORE__CUSTEFUSE Register Description
      22. 3.13.22 CM_CORE__DSS Registers
        1. 3.13.22.1 CM_CORE__DSS Register Summary
        2. 3.13.22.2 CM_CORE__DSS Register Description
      23. 3.13.23 CM_CORE__GPU Registers
        1. 3.13.23.1 CM_CORE__GPU Register Summary
        2. 3.13.23.2 CM_CORE__GPU Register Description
      24. 3.13.24 CM_CORE__IVA Registers
        1. 3.13.24.1 CM_CORE__IVA Register Summary
        2. 3.13.24.2 CM_CORE__IVA Register Description
      25. 3.13.25 CM_CORE__L3INIT Registers
        1. 3.13.25.1 CM_CORE__L3INIT Register Summary
        2. 3.13.25.2 CM_CORE__L3INIT Register Description
      26. 3.13.26 CM_CORE__L4PER Registers
        1. 3.13.26.1 CM_CORE__L4PER Register Summary
        2. 3.13.26.2 CM_CORE__L4PER Register Description
      27. 3.13.27 CM_CORE__OCP_SOCKET Registers
        1. 3.13.27.1 CM_CORE__OCP_SOCKET Register Summary
        2. 3.13.27.2 CM_CORE__OCP_SOCKET Register Description
      28. 3.13.28 CM_CORE__RESTORE Registers
        1. 3.13.28.1 CM_CORE__RESTORE Register Summary
        2. 3.13.28.2 CM_CORE__RESTORE Register Description
      29. 3.13.29 SMARTREFLEX Registers
        1. 3.13.29.1 SMARTREFLEX Register Summary
        2. 3.13.29.2 SMARTREFLEX Register Description
      30. 3.13.30 CAM_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.30.1 CAM_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.30.2 CAM_PRM Register Description
      31. 3.13.31 CKGEN_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.31.1 CKGEN_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.31.2 CKGEN_PRM Register Description
      32. 3.13.32 COREAON_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.32.1 COREAON_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.32.2 COREAON_PRM Register Description
      33. 3.13.33 CORE_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.33.1 CORE_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.33.2 CORE_PRM Register Description
      34. 3.13.34 CUSTEFUSE_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.34.1 CUSTEFUSE_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.34.2 CUSTEFUSE_PRM Register Description
      35. 3.13.35 DEVICE_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.35.1 DEVICE_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.35.2 DEVICE_PRM Register Description
      36. 3.13.36 DSP1_PRM registers
        1. 3.13.36.1 DSP1_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.36.2 DSP1_PRM Register Description
      37. 3.13.37 DSP2_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.37.1 DSP2_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.37.2 DSP2_PRM Register Description
      38. 3.13.38 DSS_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.38.1 DSS_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.38.2 DSS_PRM Register Description
      39. 3.13.39 EMU_CM Registers
        1. 3.13.39.1 EMU_CM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.39.2 EMU_CM Register Description
      40. 3.13.40 EMU_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.40.1 EMU_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.40.2 EMU_PRM Register Description
      41. 3.13.41 EVE1_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.41.1 EVE1_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.41.2 EVE1_PRM Register Description
      42. 3.13.42 EVE2_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.42.1 EVE2_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.42.2 EVE2_PRM Register Description
      43. 3.13.43 EVE3_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.43.1 EVE3_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.43.2 EVE3_PRM Register Description
      44. 3.13.44 EVE4_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.44.1 EVE4_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.44.2 EVE4_PRM Register Description
      45. 3.13.45 GPU_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.45.1 GPU_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.45.2 GPU_PRM Register Description
      46. 3.13.46 INSTR_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.46.1 INSTR_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.46.2 INSTR_PRM Register Description
      47. 3.13.47 IPU_PRM registers
        1. 3.13.47.1 IPU_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.47.2 IPU_PRM Register Description
      48. 3.13.48 IVA_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.48.1 IVA_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.48.2 IVA_PRM Register Description
      49. 3.13.49 L3INIT_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.49.1 L3INIT_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.49.2 L3INIT_PRM Register Description
      50. 3.13.50 L4PER_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.50.1 L4PER_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.50.2 L4PER_PRM Register Description
      51. 3.13.51 MPU_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.51.1 MPU_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.51.2 MPU_PRM Register Description
      52. 3.13.52 OCP_SOCKET_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.52.1 OCP_SOCKET_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.52.2 OCP_SOCKET_PRM Register Description
      53. 3.13.53 RTC_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.53.1 RTC_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.53.2 RTC_PRM Register Description
      54. 3.13.54 VPE_PRM Registers
        1. 3.13.54.1 VPE_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.54.2 VPE_PRM Register Description
      55. 3.13.55 WKUPAON_CM Registers
        1. 3.13.55.1 WKUPAON_CM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.55.2 WKUPAON_CM Register Description
      56. 3.13.56 WKUPAON_PRM registers
        1. 3.13.56.1 WKUPAON_PRM Register Summary
        2. 3.13.56.2 WKUPAON_PRM Register Description
  6. 4 Cortex-A15 MPU Subsystem
    1. 4.1 Cortex-A15 MPU Subsystem Overview
      1. 4.1.1 Introduction
      2. 4.1.2 Features
    2. 4.2 Cortex-A15 MPU Subsystem Integration
      1. 4.2.1 Clock Distribution
      2. 4.2.2 Reset Distribution
    3. 4.3 Cortex-A15 MPU Subsystem Functional Description
      1. 4.3.1 MPU Subsystem Block Diagram
      2. 4.3.2 Cortex-A15 MPCore (MPU_CLUSTER)
        1. 4.3.2.1 MPU L2 Cache Memory System
          1. 4.3.2.1.1 MPU L2 Cache Architecture
          2. 4.3.2.1.2 MPU L2 Cache Controller
          3. 4.3.2.1.3 677
      3. 4.3.3 MPU_AXI2OCP
      4. 4.3.4 Memory Adapter
        1. 4.3.4.1 MPU_MA Overview
        2. 4.3.4.2 AXI Input Interface
        3. 4.3.4.3 Interleaving
          1. 4.3.4.3.1 High-Order Fixed Interleaving Model
          2. 4.3.4.3.2 Lower 2-GiB Programmable Interleaving Model
          3. 4.3.4.3.3 Local Interconnect and Synchronization Agent (LISA) Section Manager
          4. 4.3.4.3.4 MA_LSM Registers
          5. 4.3.4.3.5 Posted and Nonposted Writes
          6. 4.3.4.3.6 Errors
        4. 4.3.4.4 Statistics Collector Probe Ports
        5. 4.3.4.5 MPU_MA Firewall
        6. 4.3.4.6 MPU_MA Power and Reset Management
        7. 4.3.4.7 MPU_MA Watchpoint
          1. 4.3.4.7.1 Watchpoint Types
          2. 4.3.4.7.2 Transaction Filtering Options
          3. 4.3.4.7.3 Transaction Match Effects
          4. 4.3.4.7.4 Trigger Generation
          5. 4.3.4.7.5 Programming Options Summary
      5. 4.3.5 Realtime Counter (Master Counter)
        1. 4.3.5.1 Counter Operation
        2. 4.3.5.2 Frequency Change Procedure
      6. 4.3.6 MPU Watchdog Timer
      7. 4.3.7 MPU Subsystem Power Management
        1. 4.3.7.1 Power Domains
        2. 4.3.7.2 Power States of MPU_C0
        3. 4.3.7.3 Power States of MPU Subsystem
        4. 4.3.7.4 MPU_WUGEN
        5. 4.3.7.5 Power Transition Sequence
        6. 4.3.7.6 SR3-APG Technology Fail-Safe Mode
      8. 4.3.8 MPU Subsystem AMBA Interface Configuration
    4. 4.4 Cortex-A15 MPU Subsystem Register Manual
      1. 4.4.1  Cortex-A15 MPU Subsystem Instance Summary
      2. 4.4.2  MPU_CS_STM Registers
      3. 4.4.3  MPU_INTC Registers
      4. 4.4.4  MPU_PRCM_OCP_SOCKET Registers
        1. 4.4.4.1 MPU_PRCM_OCP_SOCKET Register Summary
        2. 4.4.4.2 MPU_PRCM_OCP_SOCKET Register Description
      5. 4.4.5  MPU_PRCM_DEVICE Registers
        1. 4.4.5.1 MPU_PRCM_DEVICE Register Summary
        2. 4.4.5.2 MPU_PRCM_DEVICE Register Description
      6. 4.4.6  MPU_PRCM_PRM_C0 Registers
        1. 4.4.6.1 MPU_PRCM_PRM_C0 Register Summary
        2. 4.4.6.2 MPU_PRCM_PRM_C0 Register Description
      7. 4.4.7  MPU_PRCM_CM_C0 Registers
        1. 4.4.7.1 MPU_PRCM_CM_C0 Register Summary
        2. 4.4.7.2 MPU_PRCM_CM_C0 Register Description
      8. 4.4.8  MPU_WUGEN Registers
        1. 4.4.8.1 MPU_WUGEN Register Summary
        2. 4.4.8.2 MPU_WUGEN Register Description
      9. 4.4.9  MPU_WD_TIMER Registers
        1. 4.4.9.1 MPU_WD_TIMER Register Summary
        2. 4.4.9.2 MPU_WD_TIMER Register Description
      10. 4.4.10 MPU_AXI2OCP_MISC Registers
        1. 4.4.10.1 MPU_AXI2OCP_MISC Register Summary
        2. 4.4.10.2 MPU_AXI2OCP_MISC Register Description
      11. 4.4.11 MPU_MA_LSM Registers
        1. 4.4.11.1 MPU_MA_LSM Register Summary
        2. 4.4.11.2 MPU_MA_LSM Register Description
      12. 4.4.12 MPU_MA_WP Registers
        1. 4.4.12.1 MPU_MA_WP Register Summary
        2. 4.4.12.2 MPU_MA_WP Register Description
  7. 5 DSP Subsystem
    1. 5.1 DSP Subsystem Overview
      1. 5.1.1 DSP Subsystem Key Features
    2. 5.2 DSP Subsystem Integration
    3. 5.3 DSP Subsystem Functional Description
      1. 5.3.1  DSP Subsystem Block Diagram
      2. 5.3.2  DSP Subsystem Components
        1. 5.3.2.1 C66x DSP Subsystem Introduction
        2. 5.3.2.2 DSP TMS320C66x CorePac
          1. 5.3.2.2.1 DSP TMS320C66x CorePac CPU
          2. 5.3.2.2.2 DSP TMS320C66x CorePac Internal Memory Controllers and Memories
            1. 5.3.2.2.2.1 Level 1 Memories
            2. 5.3.2.2.2.2 Level 2 Memory
          3. 5.3.2.2.3 DSP C66x CorePac Internal Peripherals
            1. 5.3.2.2.3.1 DSP C66x CorePac Interrupt Controller (DSP INTC)
            2. 5.3.2.2.3.2 DSP C66x CorePac Power-Down Controller (DSP PDC)
            3. 5.3.2.2.3.3 DSP C66x CorePac Bandwidth Manager (BWM)
            4. 5.3.2.2.3.4 DSP C66x CorePac Memory Protection Hardware
            5. 5.3.2.2.3.5 DSP C66x CorePac Internal DMA (IDMA) Controller
            6. 5.3.2.2.3.6 DSP C66x CorePac External Memory Controller
            7. 5.3.2.2.3.7 DSP C66x CorePac Extended Memory Controller
              1. 5.3.2.2.3.7.1 XMC MDMA Accesses at DSP System Level
                1. 5.3.2.2.3.7.1.1 DSP System MPAX Logic
                2. 5.3.2.2.3.7.1.2 MDMA Non-Post Override Control
            8. 5.3.2.2.3.8 L1P Memory Error Detection Logic
            9. 5.3.2.2.3.9 L2 Memory Error Detection and Correction Logic
        3. 5.3.2.3 DSP Debug and Trace Support
          1. 5.3.2.3.1 DSP Advanced Event Triggering (AET)
          2. 5.3.2.3.2 DSP Trace Support
          3. 5.3.2.3.3 770
      3. 5.3.3  DSP System Control Logic
        1. 5.3.3.1 DSP System Clocks
        2. 5.3.3.2 DSP Hardware Resets
        3. 5.3.3.3 DSP Software Resets
        4. 5.3.3.4 DSP Power Management
          1. 5.3.3.4.1 DSP System Powerdown Protocols
          2. 5.3.3.4.2 DSP Software and Hardware Power Down Sequence Overview
          3. 5.3.3.4.3 DSP IDLE Wakeup
          4. 5.3.3.4.4 DSP SYSTEM IRQWAKEEN registers
          5. 5.3.3.4.5 DSP Automatic Power Transition
      4. 5.3.4  DSP Interrupt Requests
        1. 5.3.4.1 DSP Input Interrupts
          1. 5.3.4.1.1 DSP Non-maskable Interrupt Input
        2. 5.3.4.2 DSP Event and Interrupt Generation Outputs
          1. 5.3.4.2.1 DSP MDMA and DSP EDMA Mflag Event Outputs
          2. 5.3.4.2.2 DSP Aggregated Error Interrupt Output
          3. 5.3.4.2.3 Non-DSP C66x CorePac Generated Peripheral Interrupt Outputs
      5. 5.3.5  DSP DMA Requests
        1. 5.3.5.1 DSP EDMA Wakeup Interrupt
      6. 5.3.6  DSP Intergated Memory Management Units
        1. 5.3.6.1 DSP MMUs Overview
        2. 5.3.6.2 Routing MDMA Traffic through DSP MMU0
        3. 5.3.6.3 Routing EDMA Traffic thorugh DSP MMU1
      7. 5.3.7  DSP Integrated EDMA Subsystem
        1. 5.3.7.1 DSP EDMA Overview
        2. 5.3.7.2 DSP System and Device Level Settings of DSP EDMA
      8. 5.3.8  DSP L2 interconnect Network
        1. 5.3.8.1 DSP Public Firewall Settings
        2. 5.3.8.2 DSP NoC Flag Mux and Error Log Registers
        3. 5.3.8.3 DSP NoC Arbitration
      9. 5.3.9  DSP Boot Configuration
      10. 5.3.10 DSP Internal and External Memory Views
        1. 5.3.10.1 C66x CPU View of the Address Space
        2. 5.3.10.2 DSP_EDMA View of the Address Space
        3. 5.3.10.3 L3_MAIN View of the DSP Address Space
    4. 5.4 DSP Subsystem Register Manual
      1. 5.4.1 DSP Subsystem Instance Summary
      2. 5.4.2 DSP_ICFG Registers
        1. 5.4.2.1 DSP_ICFG Register Summary
        2. 5.4.2.2 DSP_ICFG Register Description
      3. 5.4.3 DSP_SYSTEM Registers
        1. 5.4.3.1 DSP_SYSTEM Register Summary
        2. 5.4.3.2 DSP_SYSTEM Register Description
      4. 5.4.4 DSP_FW_L2_NOC_CFG Registers
        1. 5.4.4.1 DSP_FW_L2_NOC_CFG Register Summary
        2. 5.4.4.2 DSP_FW_L2_NOC_CFG Register Description
  8. 6 IVA Subsystem
  9. 7 Dual Cortex-M4 IPU Subsystem
    1. 7.1 Dual Cortex-M4 IPU Subsystem Overview
      1. 7.1.1 Introduction
      2. 7.1.2 Features
    2. 7.2 Dual Cortex-M4 IPU Subsystem Integration
      1. 7.2.1 Dual Cortex-M4 IPU Subsystem Clock and Reset Distribution
        1. 7.2.1.1 Clock Distribution
        2. 7.2.1.2 Reset Distribution
    3. 7.3 Dual Cortex-M4 IPU Subsystem Functional Description
      1. 7.3.1 IPUx Subsystem Block Diagram
      2. 7.3.2 Power Management
        1. 7.3.2.1 Local Power Management
        2. 7.3.2.2 Power Domains
        3. 7.3.2.3 831
        4. 7.3.2.4 Voltage Domain
        5. 7.3.2.5 Power States and Modes
        6. 7.3.2.6 Wake-Up Generator (IPUx_WUGEN)
          1. 7.3.2.6.1 IPUx_WUGEN Main Features
      3. 7.3.3 IPUx_UNICACHE
      4. 7.3.4 IPUx_UNICACHE_MMU
      5. 7.3.5 IPUx_UNICACHE_SCTM
        1. 7.3.5.1 Counter Functions
          1. 7.3.5.1.1 Input Events
          2. 7.3.5.1.2 Counters
            1. 7.3.5.1.2.1 Counting Modes
            2. 7.3.5.1.2.2 Counter Overflow
            3. 7.3.5.1.2.3 Counters and Processor State
            4. 7.3.5.1.2.4 Chaining Counters
            5. 7.3.5.1.2.5 Enabling and Disabling Counters
            6. 7.3.5.1.2.6 Resetting Counters
        2. 7.3.5.2 Timer Functions
          1. 7.3.5.2.1 Periodic Intervals
          2. 7.3.5.2.2 Event Generation
      6. 7.3.6 IPUx_MMU
        1. 7.3.6.1 IPUx_MMU Behavior on Page-Fault in IPUx Subsystem
      7. 7.3.7 Interprocessor Communication (IPC)
        1. 7.3.7.1 Use of WFE and SEV
        2. 7.3.7.2 Use of Interrupt for IPC
        3. 7.3.7.3 Use of the Bit-Band Feature for Semaphore Operations
        4. 7.3.7.4 Private Memory Space
      8. 7.3.8 IPU Boot Options
    4. 7.4 Dual Cortex-M4 IPU Subsystem Register Manual
      1. 7.4.1 IPUx Subsystem Instance Summary
      2. 7.4.2 IPUx_UNICACHE_CFG Registers
        1. 7.4.2.1 IPUx_UNICACHE_CFG Register Summary
        2. 7.4.2.2 IPUx_UNICACHE_CFG Register Description
      3. 7.4.3 IPUx_UNICACHE_SCTM Registers
        1. 7.4.3.1 IPUx_UNICACHE_SCTM Register Summary
        2. 7.4.3.2 IPUx_UNICACHE_SCTM Register Description
      4. 7.4.4 IPUx_UNICACHE_MMU (AMMU) Registers
        1. 7.4.4.1 IPUx_UNICACHE_MMU (AMMU) Register Summary
        2. 7.4.4.2 IPUx_UNICACHE_MMU (AMMU) Register Description
      5. 7.4.5 IPUx_MMU Registers
      6. 7.4.6 IPUx_Cx_INTC Registers
      7. 7.4.7 IPUx_WUGEN Registers
        1. 7.4.7.1 IPUx_WUGEN Register Summary
        2. 7.4.7.2 IPUx_WUGEN Register Description
      8. 7.4.8 IPUx_Cx_RW_TABLE Registers
        1. 7.4.8.1 IPUx_Cx_RW_TABLE Register Summary
        2. 7.4.8.2 IPUx_Cx_RW_TABLE Register Description
  10. 8 Camera Interface Subsystem
    1. 8.1 CAMSS Overview
      1. 8.1.1 CAMSS Block Diagram
      2. 8.1.2 881
      3. 8.1.3 CAMSS Features
    2. 8.2 CAMSS Environment
      1. 8.2.1 CAMSS Interfaces Signal Descriptions
    3. 8.3 CAMSS Integration
      1. 8.3.1 CAMSS Main Integration Attributes
      2. 8.3.2 CAL Integration - Video Port
      3. 8.3.3 CAL Integration - PPI Interface
    4. 8.4 CAMSS Functional Description
      1. 8.4.1 CAMSS Hardware and Software Reset
      2. 8.4.2 CAMSS Clock Configuration
      3. 8.4.3 CAMSS Power Management
      4. 8.4.4 CAMSS Interrupt Events
      5. 8.4.5 CSI2 PHY Functional Description
        1. 8.4.5.1 CSI2 PHY Overview
        2. 8.4.5.2 CSI2 PHY Configuration
        3. 8.4.5.3 CSI2 PHY Link Initialization Sequence
        4. 8.4.5.4 CSI2 PHY Error Signals
      6. 8.4.6 CAL Functional Description
        1. 8.4.6.1  CAL Block Diagram
        2. 8.4.6.2  CSI2 Low Level Protocol
          1. 8.4.6.2.1 CSI2 Physical Layer
          2. 8.4.6.2.2 CSI2 Multi-lane Layer and Lane Merger
          3. 8.4.6.2.3 CSI2 Protocol Layer
            1. 8.4.6.2.3.1  CSI2 Short Packet
            2. 8.4.6.2.3.2  CSI2 Long Packet
            3. 8.4.6.2.3.3  CSI2 ECC and Checksum Generation
              1. 8.4.6.2.3.3.1 CSI2 ECC
              2. 8.4.6.2.3.3.2 CSI2 Checksum
            4. 8.4.6.2.3.4  CSI2 Alignment Constraints
            5. 8.4.6.2.3.5  CSI2 Data Identifier
            6. 8.4.6.2.3.6  CSI2 Virtual Channel ID
            7. 8.4.6.2.3.7  CSI2 Synchronization Codes
            8. 8.4.6.2.3.8  CSI2 Generic Short Packet Codes
            9. 8.4.6.2.3.9  CSI2 Frame Structure and Data
            10. 8.4.6.2.3.10 CSI2 Virtual Channel and Context
          4. 8.4.6.2.4 CSI2 TAG Generation FSM
        3. 8.4.6.3  CAL Data Stream Merger
        4. 8.4.6.4  CAL Pixel Extraction
        5. 8.4.6.5  CAL DPCM Decoding and Encoding
        6. 8.4.6.6  CAL Stream Interleaving
        7. 8.4.6.7  CAL Pixel Packing
        8. 8.4.6.8  CAL Write DMA
          1. 8.4.6.8.1 CAL Write DMA Overview
          2. 8.4.6.8.2 CAL Write DMA Data Cropping
          3. 8.4.6.8.3 CAL Write DMA Buffer Management
          4. 8.4.6.8.4 CAL Write DMA OCP Address Generation
            1. 8.4.6.8.4.1 Write DMA Buffer Base Address
            2. 8.4.6.8.4.2 Write DMA Line Start Address
            3. 8.4.6.8.4.3 Write DMA Data Address
          5. 8.4.6.8.5 CAL Write DMA OCP Transaction Generation
          6. 8.4.6.8.6 CAL Write DMA Real Time Traffic
        9. 8.4.6.9  CAL Video Port
          1. 8.4.6.9.1 CAL Video Port Overview
          2. 8.4.6.9.2 CAL Video Port Pixel Clock Generation
          3. 8.4.6.9.3 CAL Video Port Video Timing Generator
        10. 8.4.6.10 CAL Registers Shadowing
    5. 8.5 CAMSS Register Manual
      1. 8.5.1 CAMSS Instance Summary
      2. 8.5.2 CAL Registers
        1. 8.5.2.1 CAL Register Summary
        2. 8.5.2.2 CAL Register Description
      3. 8.5.3 CSI2 PHY Registers
        1. 8.5.3.1 CSI2 PHY Register Summary
        2. 8.5.3.2 CSI2 PHY Register Description
  11. 9 Video Input Port
    1. 9.1 VIP Overview
    2. 9.2 VIP Environment
    3. 9.3 VIP Integration
    4. 9.4 VIP Functional Description
      1. 9.4.1 VIP Block Diagram
      2. 9.4.2 VIP Software Reset
      3. 9.4.3 VIP Power and Clocks Management
        1. 9.4.3.1 VIP Clocks
        2. 9.4.3.2 VIP Idle Mode
        3. 9.4.3.3 VIP StandBy Mode
      4. 9.4.4 VIP Slice
        1. 9.4.4.1 VIP Slice Processing Path Overview
        2. 9.4.4.2 VIP Slice Processing Path Multiplexers
          1. 9.4.4.2.1 VIP_CSC Multiplexers
          2. 9.4.4.2.2 VIP_SC Multiplexer
          3. 9.4.4.2.3 Output to VPDMA Multiplexers
        3. 9.4.4.3 VIP Slice Processing Path Examples
          1. 9.4.4.3.1 Input: A=RGB, B=YUV422; Output: A=RGB, B=RGB
          2. 9.4.4.3.2 Input: A=YUV422 8/16, B=YUV422; Output: A=Scaled YUV420, B=RGB
          3. 9.4.4.3.3 Input: A=RGB, B=YUV422; Output: A=RGB, B=Scaled YUV420
          4. 9.4.4.3.4 Input: A=YUV444, B=YUV422; Output: A=YUV422, A=Scaled YUV422, B=YUV422
          5. 9.4.4.3.5 Input: A=YUV444; Output: A=Scaled YUV420, A=YUV420
          6. 9.4.4.3.6 Input: A=YUV444; Output: A=Scaled YUV420, A=YUV444
          7. 9.4.4.3.7 Input: A=YUV422 8/16; Output: A=Scaled YUV420, A=YUV444
          8. 9.4.4.3.8 Input: A=YUV422 8/16, B=YUV422; Output: A=Scaled YUV420, B=YUV420
          9. 9.4.4.3.9 Input: A=YUV422 8/16, B=YUV422; Output: A=YUV420, B=YUV420
      5. 9.4.5 VIP Parser
        1. 9.4.5.1  Features
        2. 9.4.5.2  Repacker
        3. 9.4.5.3  Analog Video
        4. 9.4.5.4  Digitized Video
        5. 9.4.5.5  Frame Buffers
        6. 9.4.5.6  Input Data Interface
          1. 9.4.5.6.1  8b Interface Mode
          2. 9.4.5.6.2  16b Interface Mode
          3. 9.4.5.6.3  24b Interface Mode
          4. 9.4.5.6.4  Signal Relationships
          5. 9.4.5.6.5  General 5 Pin Interfaces
          6. 9.4.5.6.6  Signal Subsets—4 Pin VSYNC, ACTVID, and FID
          7. 9.4.5.6.7  Signal Subsets—4 Pin VSYNC, HSYNC, and FID
          8. 9.4.5.6.8  Vertical Sync
          9. 9.4.5.6.9  Field ID Determination Using Dedicated Signal
          10. 9.4.5.6.10 Field ID Determination Using VSYNC Skew
          11. 9.4.5.6.11 Rationale for FID Determination By VSYNC Skew
          12. 9.4.5.6.12 ACTVID Framing
          13. 9.4.5.6.13 Ancillary Data Storage in Descrete Sync Mode
        7. 9.4.5.7  BT.656 Style Embedded Sync
          1. 9.4.5.7.1 Data Input
          2. 9.4.5.7.2 Sync Words
          3. 9.4.5.7.3 Error Correction
          4. 9.4.5.7.4 Embedded Sync Ancillary Data
          5. 9.4.5.7.5 Embedded Sync RGB 24-bit Data
        8. 9.4.5.8  Source Multiplexing
          1. 9.4.5.8.1  Multiplexing Scenarios
          2. 9.4.5.8.2  2-Way Multiplexing
          3. 9.4.5.8.3  4-Way Multiplexing
          4. 9.4.5.8.4  Line Multiplexing
          5. 9.4.5.8.5  Super Frame Concept in Line Multiplexing
          6. 9.4.5.8.6  8-bit Data Interface in Line Multiplexing
          7. 9.4.5.8.7  16-bit Data Interface in Line Multiplexing
          8. 9.4.5.8.8  Split Lines in Line Multiplex Mode
          9. 9.4.5.8.9  Meta Data
          10. 9.4.5.8.10 TI Line Mux Mode, Split Lines, and Channel ID Remapping
        9. 9.4.5.9  Channel ID Extraction for 2x/4x Multiplexed Source
          1. 9.4.5.9.1 Channel ID Extraction Overview
          2. 9.4.5.9.2 Channel ID Embedded in Protection Bits for 2- and 4-Way Multiplexing
          3. 9.4.5.9.3 Channel ID Embedded in Horizontal Blanking Pixel Data for 2- and 4-Way Multiplexing
        10. 9.4.5.10 Embedded Sync Mux Modes and Data Bus Widths
        11. 9.4.5.11 Ancillary and Active Video Cropping
        12. 9.4.5.12 Interrupts
        13. 9.4.5.13 VDET Interrupt
        14. 9.4.5.14 Source Video Size
        15. 9.4.5.15 Clipping
        16. 9.4.5.16 Current and Last FID Value
        17. 9.4.5.17 Disable Handling
        18. 9.4.5.18 Picture Size Interrupt
        19. 9.4.5.19 Discrete Sync Signals
          1. 9.4.5.19.1 VBLNK and HBLNK
          2. 9.4.5.19.2 BLNK and ACTVID (1)
          3. 9.4.5.19.3 VBLNK and ACTVID(2)
          4. 9.4.5.19.4 VBLNK and HSYNC
          5. 9.4.5.19.5 VSYNC and HBLNK
          6. 9.4.5.19.6 VSYNC and ACTIVID(1)
          7. 9.4.5.19.7 VSYNC and ACTIVID(2)
          8. 9.4.5.19.8 VSYNC and HSYNC
          9. 9.4.5.19.9 Line and Pixel Capture Examples
        20. 9.4.5.20 VIP Overflow Detection and Recovery
      6. 9.4.6 VIP Color Space Converter (CSC)
        1. 9.4.6.1 CSC Features
        2. 9.4.6.2 CSC Functional Description
          1. 9.4.6.2.1 HDTV Application
            1. 9.4.6.2.1.1 HDTV Application with Video Data Range
            2. 9.4.6.2.1.2 HDTV Application with Graphics Data Range
            3. 9.4.6.2.1.3 Quantized Coefficients for Color Space Converter in HDTV
          2. 9.4.6.2.2 SDTV Application
            1. 9.4.6.2.2.1 SDTV Application with Video Data Range
            2. 9.4.6.2.2.2 SDTV Application with Graphics Data Range
            3. 9.4.6.2.2.3 Quantized Coefficients for Color Space Converter in SDTV
        3. 9.4.6.3 CSC Bypass Mode
      7. 9.4.7 VIP Scaler (SC)
        1. 9.4.7.1 SC Features
        2. 9.4.7.2 SC Functional Description
          1. 9.4.7.2.1 Trimmer
          2. 9.4.7.2.2 1050
          3. 9.4.7.2.3 Peaking
          4. 9.4.7.2.4 Vertical Scaler
            1. 9.4.7.2.4.1 Running Average Filter
            2. 9.4.7.2.4.2 Vertical Scaler Configuration Parameters
          5. 9.4.7.2.5 Horizontal Scaler
            1. 9.4.7.2.5.1 Half Decimation Filter
            2. 9.4.7.2.5.2 Polyphase Filter
            3. 9.4.7.2.5.3 Nonlinear Horizontal Scaling
            4. 9.4.7.2.5.4 Horizontal Scaler Configuration Registers
          6. 9.4.7.2.6 Basic Configurations
          7. 9.4.7.2.7 Coefficient Memory
            1. 9.4.7.2.7.1 Overview
            2. 9.4.7.2.7.2 Physical Coefficient SRAM Layout
            3. 9.4.7.2.7.3 Scaler Coefficients Packing on 128-bit VPI Control I/F
            4. 9.4.7.2.7.4 VPI Control I/F Memory Map for Scaler Coefficients
            5. 9.4.7.2.7.5 VPI Control Interface
            6. 9.4.7.2.7.6 Coefficient Table Selection Guide
        3. 9.4.7.3 SC Code
          1. 9.4.7.3.1 Generate Coefficient Memory Image
          2. 9.4.7.3.2 Scaler Configuration Calculation
          3. 9.4.7.3.3 Typical Configuration Values
        4. 9.4.7.4 SC Coefficient Data Files
          1. 9.4.7.4.1 HS Polyphase Filter Coefficients
            1. 9.4.7.4.1.1 ppfcoef_scale_eq_1_32_phases_flip.dat
            2. 9.4.7.4.1.2 ppfcoef_scale_eq_8div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            3. 9.4.7.4.1.3 ppfcoef_scale_eq_9div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            4. 9.4.7.4.1.4 ppfcoef_scale_eq_10div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            5. 9.4.7.4.1.5 ppfcoef_scale_eq_11div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            6. 9.4.7.4.1.6 ppfcoef_scale_eq_12div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            7. 9.4.7.4.1.7 ppfcoef_scale_eq_13div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            8. 9.4.7.4.1.8 ppfcoef_scale_eq_14div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            9. 9.4.7.4.1.9 ppfcoef_scale_eq_15div16_32_phases_flip.dat
          2. 9.4.7.4.2 VS Polyphase Filter Coefficients
            1. 9.4.7.4.2.1 ppfcoef_scale_eq_1_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
            2. 9.4.7.4.2.2 ppfcoef_scale_eq_3_32_phases_flip.dat
            3. 9.4.7.4.2.3 ppfcoef_scale_eq_4_32_phases_flip.dat
            4. 9.4.7.4.2.4 ppfcoef_scale_eq_5_32_phases_flip.dat
            5. 9.4.7.4.2.5 ppfcoef_scale_eq_6_32_phases_flip.dat
            6. 9.4.7.4.2.6 ppfcoef_scale_eq_7_32_phases_flip.dat
              1. 9.4.7.4.2.6.1 ppfcoef_scale_eq_8div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              2. 9.4.7.4.2.6.2 ppfcoef_scale_eq_9div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              3. 9.4.7.4.2.6.3 ppfcoef_scale_eq_10div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              4. 9.4.7.4.2.6.4 ppfcoef_scale_eq_11div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              5. 9.4.7.4.2.6.5 ppfcoef_scale_eq_12div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              6. 9.4.7.4.2.6.6 ppfcoef_scale_eq_13div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              7. 9.4.7.4.2.6.7 ppfcoef_scale_eq_14div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              8. 9.4.7.4.2.6.8 ppfcoef_scale_eq_15div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
          3. 9.4.7.4.3 VS (Bilinear Filter Coefficients)
            1. 9.4.7.4.3.1 ppfcoef_scale_eq_1_32_phases_flip_PPF3_peak5_gain_eq_1_25.dat
      8. 9.4.8 VIP Video Port Direct Memory Access (VPDMA)
        1. 9.4.8.1  VPDMA Introduction
        2. 9.4.8.2  VPDMA Basic Definitions
          1. 9.4.8.2.1 Client
          2. 9.4.8.2.2 Channel
          3. 9.4.8.2.3 List
          4. 9.4.8.2.4 Data Formats Supported
        3. 9.4.8.3  1107
        4. 9.4.8.4  VPDMA Client Buffering and Functionality
        5. 9.4.8.5  VPDMA Channels Assignment
        6. 9.4.8.6  VPDMA MFLAG Mechanism
        7. 9.4.8.7  VPDMA Interrupts
        8. 9.4.8.8  VPDMA Descriptors
          1. 9.4.8.8.1 Data Transfer Descriptors
            1. 9.4.8.8.1.1 Data Packet Descriptor Word 0 (Data)
              1. 9.4.8.8.1.1.1 Data Type
              2. 9.4.8.8.1.1.2 Notify
              3. 9.4.8.8.1.1.3 Field
              4. 9.4.8.8.1.1.4 Even Line Skip
              5. 9.4.8.8.1.1.5 Odd Line Skip
              6. 9.4.8.8.1.1.6 Line Stride
            2. 9.4.8.8.1.2 Data Packet Descriptor Word 1
              1. 9.4.8.8.1.2.1 Line Length
              2. 9.4.8.8.1.2.2 Transfer Height
            3. 9.4.8.8.1.3 Data Packet Descriptor Word 2
              1. 9.4.8.8.1.3.1 Start Address
            4. 9.4.8.8.1.4 Data Packet Descriptor Word 3
              1. 9.4.8.8.1.4.1 Packet Type
              2. 9.4.8.8.1.4.2 Mode
              3. 9.4.8.8.1.4.3 Direction
              4. 9.4.8.8.1.4.4 Channel
              5. 9.4.8.8.1.4.5 Priority
              6. 9.4.8.8.1.4.6 Next Channel
            5. 9.4.8.8.1.5 Data Packet Descriptor Word 4
              1. 9.4.8.8.1.5.1 Inbound data
                1. 9.4.8.8.1.5.1.1 Frame Width
                2. 9.4.8.8.1.5.1.2 Frame Height
              2. 9.4.8.8.1.5.2 Outbound data
                1. 9.4.8.8.1.5.2.1 Descriptor Write Address
                2. 9.4.8.8.1.5.2.2 Write Descriptor
                3. 9.4.8.8.1.5.2.3 Drop Data
            6. 9.4.8.8.1.6 Data Packet Descriptor Word 5
              1. 9.4.8.8.1.6.1 Outbound data
                1. 9.4.8.8.1.6.1.1 Max Width
                2. 9.4.8.8.1.6.1.2 Max Height
          2. 9.4.8.8.2 Configuration Descriptor
            1. 9.4.8.8.2.1 Configuration Descriptor Header Word0
            2. 9.4.8.8.2.2 Configuration Descriptor Header Word1
              1. 9.4.8.8.2.2.1 Number of Data Words
            3. 9.4.8.8.2.3 Configuration Descriptor Header Word2
              1. 9.4.8.8.2.3.1 Payload Location
            4. 9.4.8.8.2.4 Configuration Descriptor Header Word3
              1. 9.4.8.8.2.4.1 Packet Type
              2. 9.4.8.8.2.4.2 Direct
              3. 9.4.8.8.2.4.3 Class
                1. 9.4.8.8.2.4.3.1 Address Data Block Format
              4. 9.4.8.8.2.4.4 Destination
              5. 9.4.8.8.2.4.5 Descriptor Length
          3. 9.4.8.8.3 Control Descriptor
            1. 9.4.8.8.3.1 Generic Control Descriptor Format
            2. 9.4.8.8.3.2 Control Descriptor Header Description
              1. 9.4.8.8.3.2.1 Packet Type
              2. 9.4.8.8.3.2.2 Source
              3. 9.4.8.8.3.2.3 Control
            3. 9.4.8.8.3.3 Control Descriptor Types
              1. 9.4.8.8.3.3.1 Sync on Client
              2. 9.4.8.8.3.3.2 Sync on List
              3. 9.4.8.8.3.3.3 Sync on External Event
              4. 9.4.8.8.3.3.4 Sync on Channel
              5. 9.4.8.8.3.3.5 Sync on LM Timer
              6. 9.4.8.8.3.3.6 Change Client Interrupt
              7. 9.4.8.8.3.3.7 Send Interrupt
              8. 9.4.8.8.3.3.8 Reload List
              9. 9.4.8.8.3.3.9 Abort Channel
        9. 9.4.8.9  VPDMA Configuration
          1. 9.4.8.9.1 Regular List
          2. 9.4.8.9.2 Video Input Ports
            1. 9.4.8.9.2.1 Multiplexed Data Streams
            2. 9.4.8.9.2.2 Single YUV Color Separate
            3. 9.4.8.9.2.3 Dual YUV Interleaved
        10. 9.4.8.10 VPDMA Data Formats
          1. 9.4.8.10.1 YUV Data Formats
            1. 9.4.8.10.1.1 Y 4:4:4 (Data Type 0)
            2. 9.4.8.10.1.2 Y 4:2:2 (Data Type 1)
            3. 9.4.8.10.1.3 Y 4:2:0 (Data Type 2)
            4. 9.4.8.10.1.4 C 4:4:4 (Data Type 4)
            5. 9.4.8.10.1.5 C 4:2:2 (Data Type 5)
            6. 9.4.8.10.1.6 C 4:2:0 (Data Type 6)
            7. 9.4.8.10.1.7 YC 4:2:2 (Data Type 7)
            8. 9.4.8.10.1.8 YC 4:4:4 (Data Type 8)
            9. 9.4.8.10.1.9 CY 4:2:2 (Data Type 23)
          2. 9.4.8.10.2 RGB Data Formats
            1. 9.4.8.10.2.1  RGB16-565 (Data Type 0)
            2. 9.4.8.10.2.2  ARGB-1555 (Data Type 1)
            3. 9.4.8.10.2.3  ARGB-4444 (Data Type 2)
            4. 9.4.8.10.2.4  RGBA-5551 (Data Type 3)
            5. 9.4.8.10.2.5  RGBA-4444 (Data Type 4)
            6. 9.4.8.10.2.6  ARGB24-6666 (Data Type 5)
            7. 9.4.8.10.2.7  RGB24-888 (Data Type 6)
            8. 9.4.8.10.2.8  ARGB32-8888 (Data Type 7)
            9. 9.4.8.10.2.9  RGBA24-6666 (Data Type 8)
            10. 9.4.8.10.2.10 RGBA32-8888 (Data Type 9)
          3. 9.4.8.10.3 Miscellaneous Data Type
    5. 9.5 VIP Register Manual
      1. 9.5.1 VIP Instance Summary
      2. 9.5.2 VIP Top Level Registers
        1. 9.5.2.1 VIP Top Level Register Summary
        2. 9.5.2.2 VIP Top Level Register Description
      3. 9.5.3 VIP Parser Registers
        1. 9.5.3.1 VIP Parser Register Summary
        2. 9.5.3.2 VIP Parser Register Description
      4. 9.5.4 VIP CSC Registers
        1. 9.5.4.1 VIP CSC Register Summary
        2. 9.5.4.2 VIP CSC Register Description
      5. 9.5.5 VIP SC registers
        1. 9.5.5.1 VIP SC Register Summary
        2. 9.5.5.2 VIP SC Register Description
      6. 9.5.6 VIP VPDMA Registers
        1. 9.5.6.1 VIP VPDMA Register Summary
        2. 9.5.6.2 VIP VPDMA Register Description
  12. 10Video Processing Engine
    1. 10.1 VPE Overview
    2. 10.2 VPE Integration
    3. 10.3 VPE Functional Description
      1. 10.3.1  VPE Block Diagram
      2. 10.3.2  VPE VC1 Range Mapping/Range Reduction
      3. 10.3.3  VPE Deinterlacer (DEI)
        1. 10.3.3.1 Functional Description
        2. 10.3.3.2 Bypass Mode
        3. 10.3.3.3 1229
          1. 10.3.3.3.1 VPDMA Interface
          2. 10.3.3.3.2 MDT
          3. 10.3.3.3.3 EDI
          4. 10.3.3.3.4 FMD
          5. 10.3.3.3.5 MUX
          6. 10.3.3.3.6 LINE BUFFER
      4. 10.3.4  VPE Scaler (SC)
        1. 10.3.4.1 SC Features
        2. 10.3.4.2 SC Functional Description
          1. 10.3.4.2.1 Trimmer
          2. 10.3.4.2.2 1240
          3. 10.3.4.2.3 Peaking
          4. 10.3.4.2.4 Vertical Scaler
            1. 10.3.4.2.4.1 Running Average Filter
            2. 10.3.4.2.4.2 Vertical Scaler Configuration Parameters
          5. 10.3.4.2.5 Horizontal Scaler
            1. 10.3.4.2.5.1 Half Decimation Filter
            2. 10.3.4.2.5.2 Polyphase Filter
            3. 10.3.4.2.5.3 Nonlinear Horizontal Scaling
            4. 10.3.4.2.5.4 Horizontal Scaler Configuration Registers
          6. 10.3.4.2.6 Basic Configurations
          7. 10.3.4.2.7 Coefficient Memory
            1. 10.3.4.2.7.1 Overview
            2. 10.3.4.2.7.2 Physical Coefficient SRAM Layout
            3. 10.3.4.2.7.3 Scaler Coefficients Packing on 128-bit VPI Control I/F
            4. 10.3.4.2.7.4 VPI Control I/F Memory Map for Scaler Coefficients
            5. 10.3.4.2.7.5 VPI Control Interface
            6. 10.3.4.2.7.6 Coefficient Table Selection Guide
        3. 10.3.4.3 SC Code
          1. 10.3.4.3.1 Generate Coefficient Memory Image
          2. 10.3.4.3.2 Scaler Configuration Calculation
          3. 10.3.4.3.3 Typical Configuration Values
        4. 10.3.4.4 SC Coefficient Data Files
          1. 10.3.4.4.1 HS Polyphase Filter Coefficients
            1. 10.3.4.4.1.1 ppfcoef_scale_eq_1_32_phases_flip.dat
            2. 10.3.4.4.1.2 ppfcoef_scale_eq_8div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            3. 10.3.4.4.1.3 ppfcoef_scale_eq_9div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            4. 10.3.4.4.1.4 ppfcoef_scale_eq_10div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            5. 10.3.4.4.1.5 ppfcoef_scale_eq_11div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            6. 10.3.4.4.1.6 ppfcoef_scale_eq_12div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            7. 10.3.4.4.1.7 ppfcoef_scale_eq_13div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            8. 10.3.4.4.1.8 ppfcoef_scale_eq_14div16_32_phases_flip.dat
            9. 10.3.4.4.1.9 ppfcoef_scale_eq_15div16_32_phases_flip.dat
          2. 10.3.4.4.2 VS Polyphase Filter Coefficients
            1. 10.3.4.4.2.1 ppfcoef_scale_eq_1_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
            2. 10.3.4.4.2.2 ppfcoef_scale_eq_3_32_phases_flip.dat
            3. 10.3.4.4.2.3 ppfcoef_scale_eq_4_32_phases_flip.dat
            4. 10.3.4.4.2.4 ppfcoef_scale_eq_5_32_phases_flip.dat
            5. 10.3.4.4.2.5 ppfcoef_scale_eq_6_32_phases_flip.dat
            6. 10.3.4.4.2.6 ppfcoef_scale_eq_7_32_phases_flip.dat
              1. 10.3.4.4.2.6.1 ppfcoef_scale_eq_8div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              2. 10.3.4.4.2.6.2 ppfcoef_scale_eq_9div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              3. 10.3.4.4.2.6.3 ppfcoef_scale_eq_10div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              4. 10.3.4.4.2.6.4 ppfcoef_scale_eq_11div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              5. 10.3.4.4.2.6.5 ppfcoef_scale_eq_12div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              6. 10.3.4.4.2.6.6 ppfcoef_scale_eq_13div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              7. 10.3.4.4.2.6.7 ppfcoef_scale_eq_14div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              8. 10.3.4.4.2.6.8 ppfcoef_scale_eq_15div16_32_phases_ver_5tap_flip.dat
              9. 10.3.4.4.2.6.9 ppcoef_scale_1x_ver_5tap.dat
          3. 10.3.4.4.3 VS (Bilinear Filter Coefficients)
            1. 10.3.4.4.3.1 ppfcoef_scale_eq_1_32_phases_flip_PPF3_peak5_gain_eq_1_25.dat
      5. 10.3.5  VPE Color Space Converter (CSC)
        1. 10.3.5.1 CSC Features
        2. 10.3.5.2 CSC Functional Description
        3. 10.3.5.3 1294
          1. 10.3.5.3.1 HDTV Application
            1. 10.3.5.3.1.1 HDTV Application with Video Data Range
            2. 10.3.5.3.1.2 HDTV Application with Graphics Data Range
            3. 10.3.5.3.1.3 Quantized Coefficients for Color Space Converter in HDTV
          2. 10.3.5.3.2 SDTV Application
            1. 10.3.5.3.2.1 SDTV Application with Video Data Range
            2. 10.3.5.3.2.2 SDTV Application with Graphics Data Range
            3. 10.3.5.3.2.3 Quantized Coefficients for Color Space Converter in SDTV
        4. 10.3.5.4 CSC Bypass Mode
      6. 10.3.6  VPE Chroma Up-Sampler (CHR_US)
        1. 10.3.6.1 Features
        2. 10.3.6.2 Functional Description
        3. 10.3.6.3 For Interlaced YUV420 Input Data
        4. 10.3.6.4 Edge Effects
        5. 10.3.6.5 Modes of Operation (VPDMA)
        6. 10.3.6.6 Coefficient Configuration
      7. 10.3.7  VPE Chroma Down-Sampler (CHR_DS)
      8. 10.3.8  VPE YUV422 to YUV444 Conversion
      9. 10.3.9  VPE Video Port Direct Memory Access (VPDMA)
        1. 10.3.9.1 VPDMA Introduction
        2. 10.3.9.2 VPDMA Basic Definitions
          1. 10.3.9.2.1 Client
          2. 10.3.9.2.2 Channel
          3. 10.3.9.2.3 List
          4. 10.3.9.2.4 Data Formats Supported
        3. 10.3.9.3 VPDMA Client Buffering and Functionality
        4. 10.3.9.4 VPDMA Channels Assignment
        5. 10.3.9.5 VPDMA Interrupts
        6. 10.3.9.6 VPDMA Descriptors
          1. 10.3.9.6.1 Data Transfer Descriptors
            1. 10.3.9.6.1.1 Data Packet Descriptor Word 0 (Data)
              1. 10.3.9.6.1.1.1 Data Type
              2. 10.3.9.6.1.1.2 Notify
              3. 10.3.9.6.1.1.3 Field
              4. 10.3.9.6.1.1.4 1D
              5. 10.3.9.6.1.1.5 Even Line Skip
              6. 10.3.9.6.1.1.6 Odd Line Skip
              7. 10.3.9.6.1.1.7 Line Stride
            2. 10.3.9.6.1.2 Data Packet Descriptor Word 1
              1. 10.3.9.6.1.2.1 Line Length
              2. 10.3.9.6.1.2.2 Transfer Height
            3. 10.3.9.6.1.3 Data Packet Descriptor Word 2
              1. 10.3.9.6.1.3.1 Start Address
            4. 10.3.9.6.1.4 Data Packet Descriptor Word 3
              1. 10.3.9.6.1.4.1 Packet Type
              2. 10.3.9.6.1.4.2 Mode
              3. 10.3.9.6.1.4.3 Direction
              4. 10.3.9.6.1.4.4 Channel
              5. 10.3.9.6.1.4.5 Priority
              6. 10.3.9.6.1.4.6 Next Channel
            5. 10.3.9.6.1.5 Data Packet Descriptor Word 4
              1. 10.3.9.6.1.5.1 Inbound data
                1. 10.3.9.6.1.5.1.1 Frame Width
                2. 10.3.9.6.1.5.1.2 Frame Height
              2. 10.3.9.6.1.5.2 Outbound data
                1. 10.3.9.6.1.5.2.1 Descriptor Write Address
                2. 10.3.9.6.1.5.2.2 Write Descriptor
                3. 10.3.9.6.1.5.2.3 Drop Data
                4. 10.3.9.6.1.5.2.4 Use Descriptor Register
            6. 10.3.9.6.1.6 Data Packet Descriptor Word 5
              1. 10.3.9.6.1.6.1 Outbound data
                1. 10.3.9.6.1.6.1.1 Max Width
                2. 10.3.9.6.1.6.1.2 Max Height
            7. 10.3.9.6.1.7 Data Packet Descriptor Word 6/7 (Data)
          2. 10.3.9.6.2 Configuration Descriptor
            1. 10.3.9.6.2.1 Configuration Descriptor Header Word0
            2. 10.3.9.6.2.2 Configuration Descriptor Header Word1
              1. 10.3.9.6.2.2.1 Number of Data Words
            3. 10.3.9.6.2.3 Configuration Descriptor Header Word2
              1. 10.3.9.6.2.3.1 Payload Location
            4. 10.3.9.6.2.4 Configuration Descriptor Header Word3
              1. 10.3.9.6.2.4.1 Packet Type
              2. 10.3.9.6.2.4.2 Direct
              3. 10.3.9.6.2.4.3 Class
                1. 10.3.9.6.2.4.3.1 Address Data Block Format
              4. 10.3.9.6.2.4.4 Destination
              5. 10.3.9.6.2.4.5 Descriptor Length
          3. 10.3.9.6.3 Control Descriptor
            1. 10.3.9.6.3.1 Generic Control Descriptor Format
            2. 10.3.9.6.3.2 Control Descriptor Header Description
              1. 10.3.9.6.3.2.1 Packet Type
              2. 10.3.9.6.3.2.2 Source
              3. 10.3.9.6.3.2.3 Control
            3. 10.3.9.6.3.3 Control Descriptor Types
              1. 10.3.9.6.3.3.1 Sync on Client
              2. 10.3.9.6.3.3.2 Sync on List
              3. 10.3.9.6.3.3.3 Sync on External Event
              4. 10.3.9.6.3.3.4 Sync on Channel
              5. 10.3.9.6.3.3.5 Sync on LM Timer
              6. 10.3.9.6.3.3.6 Change Client Interrupt
              7. 10.3.9.6.3.3.7 Send Interrupt
              8. 10.3.9.6.3.3.8 Reload List
              9. 10.3.9.6.3.3.9 Abort Channel
        7. 10.3.9.7 VPDMA Configuration
          1. 10.3.9.7.1 Regular List
          2. 10.3.9.7.2 Video Input Ports
            1. 10.3.9.7.2.1 Single YUV Color Separate
            2. 10.3.9.7.2.2 Dual YUV Interleaved
            3. 10.3.9.7.2.3 Single RGB Stream
        8. 10.3.9.8 VPDMA Data Formats
          1. 10.3.9.8.1 YUV Data Formats
            1. 10.3.9.8.1.1 Y 4:4:4 (Data Type 0)
            2. 10.3.9.8.1.2 Y 4:2:2 (Data Type 1)
            3. 10.3.9.8.1.3 Y 4:2:0 (Data Type 2)
            4. 10.3.9.8.1.4 C 4:4:4 (Data Type 4)
            5. 10.3.9.8.1.5 C 4:2:2 (Data Type 5)
            6. 10.3.9.8.1.6 C 4:2:0 (Data Type 6)
            7. 10.3.9.8.1.7 YC 4:2:2 (Data Type 7)
            8. 10.3.9.8.1.8 YC 4:4:4 (Data Type 8)
            9. 10.3.9.8.1.9 CY 4:2:2 (Data Type 23)
          2. 10.3.9.8.2 RGB Data Formats
            1. 10.3.9.8.2.1 Input Data Formats
              1. 10.3.9.8.2.1.1  RGB16-565 (Data Type 0)
              2. 10.3.9.8.2.1.2  ARGB-1555 (Data Type 1)
              3. 10.3.9.8.2.1.3  ARGB-4444 (Data Type 2)
              4. 10.3.9.8.2.1.4  RGBA-5551 (Data Type 3)
              5. 10.3.9.8.2.1.5  RGBA-4444 (Data Type 4)
              6. 10.3.9.8.2.1.6  ARGB24-6666 (Data Type 5)
              7. 10.3.9.8.2.1.7  RGB24-888 (Data Type 6)
              8. 10.3.9.8.2.1.8  ARGB32-8888 (Data Type 7)
              9. 10.3.9.8.2.1.9  RGBA24-6666 (Data Type 8)
              10. 10.3.9.8.2.1.10 RGBA32-8888 (Data Type 9)
            2. 10.3.9.8.2.2 Output Data Formats
              1. 10.3.9.8.2.2.1  RGB16-565 (Data Type 0)
              2. 10.3.9.8.2.2.2  ARGB-1555 (Data Type 1)
              3. 10.3.9.8.2.2.3  ARGB-4444 (Data Type 2)
              4. 10.3.9.8.2.2.4  RGBA-5551 (Data Type 3)
              5. 10.3.9.8.2.2.5  RGBA-4444 (Data Type 4)
              6. 10.3.9.8.2.2.6  ARGB24-6666 (Data Type 5)
              7. 10.3.9.8.2.2.7  RGB24-888 (Data Type 6)
              8. 10.3.9.8.2.2.8  ARGB32-8888 (Data Type 7)
              9. 10.3.9.8.2.2.9  RGBA24-6666 (Data Type 8)
              10. 10.3.9.8.2.2.10 RGBA32-8888 (Data Type 9)
          3. 10.3.9.8.3 Miscellaneous Data Type
      10. 10.3.10 VPE Software Reset
      11. 10.3.11 VPE Power and Clocks Management
        1. 10.3.11.1 VPE Clocks
        2. 10.3.11.2 VPE Idle Mode
        3. 10.3.11.3 VPE StandBy Mode
    4. 10.4 VPE Register Manual
      1. 10.4.1 VPE Instance Summary
      2. 10.4.2 VPE_CSC Registers
        1. 10.4.2.1 VPE_CSC Register Summary
        2. 10.4.2.2 VPE_CSC Register Description
      3. 10.4.3 VPE_SC Registers
        1. 10.4.3.1 VPE_SC Register Summary
        2. 10.4.3.2 VPE_SC Register Description
      4. 10.4.4 VPE_CHR_US Registers
        1. 10.4.4.1 VPE_CHR_US Register Summary
        2. 10.4.4.2 VPE_CHR_US Register Description
      5. 10.4.5 VPE_DEI Registers
        1. 10.4.5.1 VPE_DEI Register Summary
        2. 10.4.5.2 VPE_DEI Register Description
      6. 10.4.6 VPE_VPDMA Registers
        1. 10.4.6.1 VPE_VPDMA Register Summary
        2. 10.4.6.2 VPE_VPDMA Register Description
      7. 10.4.7 VPE_TOP_LEVEL Registers
        1. 10.4.7.1 VPE_TOP_LEVEL Register Summary
        2. 10.4.7.2 VPE_TOP_LEVEL Register Description
  13. 11Display Subsystem
    1. 11.1 Display Subsystem Overview
      1. 11.1.1 Display Subsystem Environment
        1. 11.1.1.1 Display Subsystem LCD Support
          1. 11.1.1.1.1 Display Subsystem LCD with Parallel Interfaces
        2. 11.1.1.2 Display Subsystem TV Display Support
          1. 11.1.1.2.1 Display Subsystem TV With Parallel Interfaces
          2. 11.1.1.2.2 Display Subsystem TV With Serial Interfaces
      2. 11.1.2 Display Subsystem Integration
        1. 11.1.2.1 Display Subsystem Clocks
        2. 11.1.2.2 Display Subsystem Resets
        3. 11.1.2.3 Display Subsystem Power Management
          1. 11.1.2.3.1 Display Subsystem Standby Mode
          2. 11.1.2.3.2 1467
          3. 11.1.2.3.3 Display Subsystem Wake-Up Mode
      3. 11.1.3 Display Subsystem DPLL Controllers Functional Description
        1. 11.1.3.1 DPLL Controllers Overview
        2. 11.1.3.2 OCP2SCP2 Functional Description
          1. 11.1.3.2.1 OCP2SCP2 Reset
            1. 11.1.3.2.1.1 Hardware Reset
            2. 11.1.3.2.1.2 Software Reset
          2. 11.1.3.2.2 OCP2SCP2 Power Management
            1. 11.1.3.2.2.1 Idle Mode
            2. 11.1.3.2.2.2 Clock Gating
          3. 11.1.3.2.3 OCP2SCP2 Timing Registers
        3. 11.1.3.3 DPLL_VIDEO Functional Description
          1. 11.1.3.3.1 DPLL_VIDEO Controller Architecture
          2. 11.1.3.3.2 DPLL_VIDEO Operations
          3. 11.1.3.3.3 DPLL_VIDEO Error Handling
          4. 11.1.3.3.4 DPLL_VIDEO Software Reset
          5. 11.1.3.3.5 DPLL_VIDEO Power Management
          6. 11.1.3.3.6 DPLL_VIDEO HSDIVIDER Loading Operation
          7. 11.1.3.3.7 DPLL_VIDEO Clock Sequence
          8. 11.1.3.3.8 DPLL_VIDEO Go Sequence
          9. 11.1.3.3.9 DPLL_VIDEO Recommended Values
        4. 11.1.3.4 DPLL_HDMI Functional Description
          1. 11.1.3.4.1  DPLL_HDMI and PLLCTRL_HDMI Overview
          2. 11.1.3.4.2  DPLL_HDMI and PLLCTRL_HDMI Architecture
          3. 11.1.3.4.3  DPLL_HDMI Operations
          4. 11.1.3.4.4  DPLL_HDMI Register Access
          5. 11.1.3.4.5  DPLL_HDMI Error Handling
          6. 11.1.3.4.6  DPLL_HDMI Software Reset
          7. 11.1.3.4.7  DPLL_HDMI Power Management
          8. 11.1.3.4.8  DPLL_HDMI Lock Sequence
          9. 11.1.3.4.9  DPLL_HDMI Go Sequence
          10. 11.1.3.4.10 DPLL_HDMI Recommended Values
      4. 11.1.4 Display Subsystem Programming Guide
      5. 11.1.5 Display Subsystem Register Manual
        1. 11.1.5.1 Display Subsystem Instance Summary
        2. 11.1.5.2 Display Subsystem Registers
          1. 11.1.5.2.1 Display Subsystem Registers Mapping Summary
          2. 11.1.5.2.2 Display Subsystem Register Description
        3. 11.1.5.3 OCP2SCP2 registers
          1. 11.1.5.3.1 OCP2SCP2 Register Summary
          2. 11.1.5.3.2 OCP2SCP Register Description
        4. 11.1.5.4 DPLL_VIDEO Registers
          1. 11.1.5.4.1 DPLL_VIDEO Register Summary
          2. 11.1.5.4.2 DPLL_VIDEO Register Description
        5. 11.1.5.5 DPLL_HDMI Registers
          1. 11.1.5.5.1 DPLL_HDMI Registers Mapping Summary
          2. 11.1.5.5.2 DPLL_HDMI Register Description
        6. 11.1.5.6 HDMI_WP Registers
          1. 11.1.5.6.1 HDMI_WP Registers Mapping Summary
          2. 11.1.5.6.2 HDMI_WP Register Description
        7. 11.1.5.7 DSI Registers
          1. 11.1.5.7.1 DSI Register Summary
          2. 11.1.5.7.2 DSI Register Description
    2. 11.2 Display Controller
      1. 11.2.1 DISPC Overview
      2. 11.2.2 DISPC Environment
        1. 11.2.2.1 DISPC LCD Output and Data Format for the Parallel Interface
        2. 11.2.2.2 DISPC Transaction Timing Diagrams
        3. 11.2.2.3 DISPC TV Output and Data Format for the Parallel Interface
      3. 11.2.3 DISPC Integration
      4. 11.2.4 DISPC Functional Description
        1. 11.2.4.1  DISPC Clock Configuration
        2. 11.2.4.2  DISPC Software Reset
        3. 11.2.4.3  DISPC Power Management
          1. 11.2.4.3.1 DISPC Idle Mode
          2. 11.2.4.3.2 DISPC StandBy Mode
          3. 11.2.4.3.3 DISPC Wakeup
        4. 11.2.4.4  DISPC Interrupt Requests
        5. 11.2.4.5  DISPC DMA Requests
        6. 11.2.4.6  DISPC DMA Engine
          1. 11.2.4.6.1 DISPC Addressing and Bursts
          2. 11.2.4.6.2 DISPC Immediate Base Address Flip Mechanism
          3. 11.2.4.6.3 DISPC DMA Buffers
            1. 11.2.4.6.3.1 DISPC READ DMA Buffers (GFX and VID Pipelines)
            2. 11.2.4.6.3.2 DISPC WRITE DMA Buffer (WB Pipeline)
          4. 11.2.4.6.4 DISPC MFLAG Mechanism and Arbitration
          5. 11.2.4.6.5 DISPC Predecimation
          6. 11.2.4.6.6 DISPC Progressive-to-Interlaced Format Conversion
          7. 11.2.4.6.7 DISPC Arbitration
          8. 11.2.4.6.8 DISPC DMA Power Modes
            1. 11.2.4.6.8.1 DISPC DMA Low-Power Mode
            2. 11.2.4.6.8.2 DISPC DMA Ultralow-Power Mode
        7. 11.2.4.7  DISPC Rotation and Mirroring
        8. 11.2.4.8  DISPC Memory Format
        9. 11.2.4.9  DISPC Graphics Pipeline
          1. 11.2.4.9.1 DISPC Replication Logic
          2. 11.2.4.9.2 DISPC Antiflicker Filter
        10. 11.2.4.10 DISPC Video Pipelines
          1. 11.2.4.10.1 DISPC Replication Logic
          2. 11.2.4.10.2 DISPC VC-1 Range Mapping Unit
          3. 11.2.4.10.3 DISPC CSC Unit YUV to RGB
            1. 11.2.4.10.3.1 DISPC Chrominance Resampling
          4. 11.2.4.10.4 DISPC Scaler Unit
            1. 11.2.4.10.4.1 DISPC Scaling Algorithms
            2. 11.2.4.10.4.2 DISPC Scaling limitations
        11. 11.2.4.11 DISPC Write-Back Pipeline
          1. 11.2.4.11.1 DISPC Write-Back CSC Unit RGB to YUV
          2. 11.2.4.11.2 DISPC Write-Back Scaler Unit
          3. 11.2.4.11.3 DISPC Write-Back RGB Truncation Logic
        12. 11.2.4.12 DISPC Hardware Cursor
        13. 11.2.4.13 DISPC LCD Outputs
          1. 11.2.4.13.1 DISPC Overlay Manager
            1. 11.2.4.13.1.1 DISPC Priority Rule
            2. 11.2.4.13.1.2 DISPC Alpha Blender
            3. 11.2.4.13.1.3 DISPC Transparency Color Keys
            4. 11.2.4.13.1.4 DISPC Overlay Optimization
          2. 11.2.4.13.2 DISPC Gamma Correction Unit
          3. 11.2.4.13.3 DISPC Color Phase Rotation Unit
          4. 11.2.4.13.4 DISPC Color Space Conversion
          5. 11.2.4.13.5 DISPC BT.656 and BT.1120 Modes
            1. 11.2.4.13.5.1 Blanking
            2. 11.2.4.13.5.2 EAV and SAV
          6. 11.2.4.13.6 DISPC Active Matrix
            1. 11.2.4.13.6.1 DISPC Spatial/Temporal Dithering
            2. 11.2.4.13.6.2 DISPC Multiple Cycle Output Format (TDM)
          7. 11.2.4.13.7 DISPC Synchronized Buffer Update
          8. 11.2.4.13.8 DISPC Timing Generator and Panel Settings
        14. 11.2.4.14 DISPC TV Output
          1. 11.2.4.14.1 DISPC Overlay Manager
          2. 11.2.4.14.2 DISPC Gamma Correction Unit
          3. 11.2.4.14.3 DISPC Synchronized Buffer Update
          4. 11.2.4.14.4 DISPC Timing and TV Format Settings
        15. 11.2.4.15 DISPC Frame Width Considerations
        16. 11.2.4.16 DISPC Extended 3D Support
          1. 11.2.4.16.1 DISPC Extended 3D Support - Line Alternative Format
          2. 11.2.4.16.2 1593
          3. 11.2.4.16.3 DISPC Extended 3D Support - Frame Packing Format Format
          4. 11.2.4.16.4 DISPC Extended 3D Support - DLP 3D Format
        17. 11.2.4.17 DISPC Shadow Registers
      5. 11.2.5 DISPC Programming Guide
        1. 11.2.5.1 DISPC Low-Level Programming Models
          1. 11.2.5.1.1 DISPC Global Initialization
            1. 11.2.5.1.1.1 DISPC Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 11.2.5.1.2 DISPC Operational Modes Configuration
            1. 11.2.5.1.2.1 DISPC DMA Configuration
              1. 11.2.5.1.2.1.1 DISPC Main Sequence – DISPC DMA Channel Configuration
            2. 11.2.5.1.2.2 DISPC GFX Pipeline Configuration
              1. 11.2.5.1.2.2.1 DISPC Main Sequence – Configure the GFX Pipeline
              2. 11.2.5.1.2.2.2 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the GFX Window
              3. 11.2.5.1.2.2.3 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the GFX Pipeline Processing
              4. 11.2.5.1.2.2.4 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the GFX Pipeline Layer Output
            3. 11.2.5.1.2.3 DISPC Video Pipeline Configuration
              1. 11.2.5.1.2.3.1 DISPC Main Sequence – Configure the Video Pipeline
              2. 11.2.5.1.2.3.2 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the Video Window
              3. 11.2.5.1.2.3.3 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the Video Pipeline Processing
              4. 11.2.5.1.2.3.4 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the VC-1 Range Mapping
              5. 11.2.5.1.2.3.5 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the Video Color Space Conversion
              6. 11.2.5.1.2.3.6 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the Video Scaler Unit
              7. 11.2.5.1.2.3.7 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the Video Pipeline Layer Output
            4. 11.2.5.1.2.4 DISPC WB Pipeline Configuration
              1. 11.2.5.1.2.4.1 DISPC Main Sequence – Configure the WB Pipeline
              2. 11.2.5.1.2.4.2 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the Capture Window
              3. 11.2.5.1.2.4.3 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the WB Scaler Unit
              4. 11.2.5.1.2.4.4 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the WB Color Space Conversion Unit
            5. 11.2.5.1.2.5 DISPC LCD Output Configuration
              1. 11.2.5.1.2.5.1 DISPC Main Sequence – Configure the LCD Output
              2. 11.2.5.1.2.5.2 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the Overlay Manager
              3. 11.2.5.1.2.5.3 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the Gamma Table for Gamma Correction
              4. 11.2.5.1.2.5.4 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the Color Phase Rotation
              5. 11.2.5.1.2.5.5 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the LCD Panel Timings and Parameters
              6. 11.2.5.1.2.5.6 DISPC Subsequence – Configure BT.656 or BT.1120 Mode
            6. 11.2.5.1.2.6 DISPC TV Output Configuration
              1. 11.2.5.1.2.6.1 DISPC Main Sequence – Configure the TV Output
                1. 11.2.5.1.2.6.1.1 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the TV Overlay Manager
                2. 11.2.5.1.2.6.1.2 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the Gamma Table for Gamma Correction
                3. 11.2.5.1.2.6.1.3 DISPC Subsequence – Configure the TV Panel Timings and Parameters
      6. 11.2.6 DISPC Register Manual
        1. 11.2.6.1 DISPC Instance Summary
        2. 11.2.6.2 DISPC Logical Register Mapping
        3. 11.2.6.3 DISPC Registers
          1. 11.2.6.3.1 DISPC Register Summary
          2. 11.2.6.3.2 DISPC Register Description
    3. 11.3 High-Definition Multimedia Interface
      1. 11.3.1 HDMI Overview
        1. 11.3.1.1 HDMI Main Features
        2. 11.3.1.2 HDMI Video Formats and Timings
          1. 11.3.1.2.1 HDMI CEA-861-D Video Formats and Timings
          2. 11.3.1.2.2 VESA DMT Video Formats and Timings
  14. 123D Graphics Accelerator
    1. 12.1 GPU Overview
      1. 12.1.1 GPU Features Overview
      2. 12.1.2 Graphics Feature Overview
    2. 12.2 GPU Integration
    3. 12.3 GPU Functional Description
      1. 12.3.1 GPU Block Diagram
      2. 12.3.2 GPU Clock Configuration
      3. 12.3.3 GPU Software Reset
      4. 12.3.4 GPU Power Management
      5. 12.3.5 GPU Thermal Management
      6. 12.3.6 GPU Interrupt Requests
    4. 12.4 GPU Register Manual
      1. 12.4.1 GPU Instance Summary
      2. 12.4.2 GPU Registers
        1. 12.4.2.1 GPU_WRAPPER Register Summary
        2. 12.4.2.2 GPU_WRAPPER Register Description
  15. 132D Graphics Accelerator
    1. 13.1 BB2D Overview
      1. 13.1.1 BB2D Key Features Overview
    2. 13.2 BB2D Integration
    3. 13.3 BB2D Functional Description
      1. 13.3.1 BB2D Block Diagram
      2. 13.3.2 BB2D Clock Configuration
      3. 13.3.3 BB2D Software Reset
      4. 13.3.4 BB2D Power Management
    4. 13.4 BB2D Register Manual
      1. 13.4.1 BB2D Instance Summary
      2. 13.4.2 BB2D Registers
        1. 13.4.2.1 BB2D Register Summary
        2. 13.4.2.2 BB2D Register Description
  16. 14Interconnect
    1. 14.1 Interconnect Overview
      1. 14.1.1 Terminology
      2. 14.1.2 Architecture Overview
    2. 14.2 L3_MAIN Interconnect
      1. 14.2.1 L3_MAIN Interconnect Overview
      2. 14.2.2 L3_MAIN Interconnect Integration
      3. 14.2.3 L3_MAIN Interconnect Functional Description
        1. 14.2.3.1 Module Use in L3_MAIN Interconnect
        2. 14.2.3.2 Module Distribution
          1. 14.2.3.2.1 L3_MAIN Interconnect Agents
          2. 14.2.3.2.2 L3_MAIN Connectivity Matrix
            1. 14.2.3.2.2.1 Clock Domain Mapping of the L3_MAIN Interconnect Modules
            2. 14.2.3.2.2.2 1690
          3. 14.2.3.2.3 Master NIU Identification
        3. 14.2.3.3 Bandwidth Regulators
        4. 14.2.3.4 Bandwidth Limiters
        5. 14.2.3.5 Flag Muxing
          1. 14.2.3.5.1 Flag Mux Time-out
        6. 14.2.3.6 Statistic Collectors Group
        7. 14.2.3.7 L3_MAIN Protection and Firewalls
          1. 14.2.3.7.1 L3_MAIN Firewall Reset
            1. 14.2.3.7.1.1 L3_MAIN Firewall – Exported Reset Values
          2. 14.2.3.7.2 Power Management
          3. 14.2.3.7.3 L3_MAIN Firewall Functionality
            1. 14.2.3.7.3.1 Protection Regions
            2. 14.2.3.7.3.2 L3_MAIN Firewall Registers Overview
            3. 14.2.3.7.3.3 Protection Mechanism per Region Examples
            4. 14.2.3.7.3.4 L3_MAIN Firewall Error Logging
            5. 14.2.3.7.3.5 L3_MAIN Firewall Default Configuration
        8. 14.2.3.8 L3_MAIN Interconnect Error Handling
          1. 14.2.3.8.1 Global Error-Routing Scheme
          2. 14.2.3.8.2 Slave NIU Error Logging
          3. 14.2.3.8.3 Flag Mux Error Logging
          4. 14.2.3.8.4 Severity Level of Standard and Custom Errors
          5. 14.2.3.8.5 Example for Decoding Standard/Custom Errors Logged in L3_MAIN
      4. 14.2.4 L3_MAIN Interconnect Programming Guide
        1. 14.2.4.1 L3 _MAIN Interconnect Low-Level Programming Models
          1. 14.2.4.1.1 Global Initialization
            1. 14.2.4.1.1.1 Global Initialization of Surrounding Modules
        2. 14.2.4.2 Operational Modes Configuration
          1. 14.2.4.2.1 L3_MAIN Interconnect Error Analysis Mode
            1. 14.2.4.2.1.1 Main Sequence: L3_MAIN Interconnect Error Analysis Mode
              1. 14.2.4.2.1.1.1 Subsequence: L3_MAIN Custom Error Identification
              2. 14.2.4.2.1.1.2 Subsequence: L3_MAIN Interconnect Protection Violation Error Identification
              3. 14.2.4.2.1.1.3 Subsequence: L3_MAIN Interconnect Standard Error Identification
              4. 14.2.4.2.1.1.4 Subsequence: L3_MAIN Interconnect FLAGMUX Configuration
      5. 14.2.5 L3_MAIN Interconnect Register Manual
        1. 14.2.5.1 L3_MAIN Register Group Summary
          1. 14.2.5.1.1 L3_MAIN Firewall Registers Summary and Description
            1. 14.2.5.1.1.1 L3_MAIN Firewall Registers Summary
            2. 14.2.5.1.1.2 L3_MAIN Firewall Registers Description
          2. 14.2.5.1.2 L3_MAIN Host Register Summary and Description
            1. 14.2.5.1.2.1 L3_MAIN HOST Register Summary
            2. 14.2.5.1.2.2 L3_MAIN HOST Register Description
          3. 14.2.5.1.3 L3_MAIN TARG Register Summary and Description
            1. 14.2.5.1.3.1 L3_MAIN TARG Register Summary
            2. 14.2.5.1.3.2 L3_MAIN TARG Register Description
          4. 14.2.5.1.4 L3_MAIN FLAGMUX Registers Summary and Description
            1. 14.2.5.1.4.1 L3_MAIN FLAGMUX Registers Summary
            2. 14.2.5.1.4.2 L3_MAIN FLAGMUX Rebisters Description
          5. 14.2.5.1.5 L3_MAIN FLAGMUX CLK1MERGE Registers Summary and Description
            1. 14.2.5.1.5.1 L3_MAIN FLAGMUX CLK1MERGE Registers Summary
            2. 14.2.5.1.5.2 L3_MAIN FLAGMUX CLK1MERGE Registers Description
          6. 14.2.5.1.6 L3_MAIN FLAGMUX TIMEOUT Registers Summary and Description
            1. 14.2.5.1.6.1 L3_MAIN FLAGMUX TIMEOUT Registers Summary
            2. 14.2.5.1.6.2 L3_MAIN FLAGMUX TIMEOUT Registers Description
          7. 14.2.5.1.7 L3_MAIN BW Regulator Register Summary and Description
            1. 14.2.5.1.7.1 L3_MAIN BW_REGULATOR Register Summary
            2. 14.2.5.1.7.2 L3_MAIN BW_REGULATOR Register Description
          8. 14.2.5.1.8 L3_MAIN Bandwidth Limiter Register Summary and Description
            1. 14.2.5.1.8.1 L3_MAIN BW Limiter Register Summary
            2. 14.2.5.1.8.2 L3_MAIN BW Limiter Register Description
          9. 14.2.5.1.9 L3_MAIN STATCOLL Register Summary and Description
            1. 14.2.5.1.9.1 L3_MAIN STATCOLL Register Summary
            2. 14.2.5.1.9.2 L3_MAIN STATCOLL Register Description
    3. 14.3 L4 Interconnects
      1. 14.3.1 L4 Interconnect Overview
      2. 14.3.2 L4 Interconnect Integration
      3. 14.3.3 L4 Interconnect Functional Description
        1. 14.3.3.1 Module Distribution
          1. 14.3.3.1.1 L4_PER1 Interconnect Agents
          2. 14.3.3.1.2 L4_PER2 Interconnect Agents
          3. 14.3.3.1.3 L4_PER3 Interconnect Agents
          4. 14.3.3.1.4 L4_CFG Interconnect Agents
          5. 14.3.3.1.5 L4_WKUP Interconnect Agents
        2. 14.3.3.2 Power Management
        3. 14.3.3.3 L4 Firewalls
          1. 14.3.3.3.1 Protection Group
          2. 14.3.3.3.2 Segments and Regions
          3. 14.3.3.3.3 L4 Firewall Address and Protection Register Settings
        4. 14.3.3.4 L4 Error Detection and Reporting
          1. 14.3.3.4.1 IA and TA Error Detection and Logging
          2. 14.3.3.4.2 Time-Out
          3. 14.3.3.4.3 Error Reporting
          4. 14.3.3.4.4 Error Recovery
          5. 14.3.3.4.5 Firewall Error Logging in the Control Module
      4. 14.3.4 L4 Interconnect Programming Guide
        1. 14.3.4.1 L4 Interconnect Low-level Programming Models
          1. 14.3.4.1.1 Global Initialization
            1. 14.3.4.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 14.3.4.1.2 Operational Modes Configuration
            1. 14.3.4.1.2.1 L4 Interconnect Error Analysis Mode
              1. 14.3.4.1.2.1.1 Main Sequence: L4 Interconnect Error Analysis Mode
              2. 14.3.4.1.2.1.2 Subsequence: L4 Interconnect Protection Violation Error Identification
              3. 14.3.4.1.2.1.3 Subsequence: L4 Interconnect Unsupported Command/Address Hole Error Identification
              4. 14.3.4.1.2.1.4 Subsequence: L4 Interconnect Reset TA and Module
            2. 14.3.4.1.2.2 L4 Interconnect Time-Out Configuration Mode
              1. 14.3.4.1.2.2.1 Main Sequence: L4 Interconnect Time-Out Configuration Mode
            3. 14.3.4.1.2.3 L4 Interconnect Firewall Configuration Mode
              1. 14.3.4.1.2.3.1 Main Sequence: L4 Interconnect Firewall Configuration Mode
      5. 14.3.5 L4 Interconnects Register Manual
        1. 14.3.5.1 L4 Interconnects Instance Summary
        2. 14.3.5.2 L4 Initiator Agent (L4 IA)
          1. 14.3.5.2.1 L4 Initiator Agent (L4 IA) Register Summary
          2. 14.3.5.2.2 L4 Initiator Agent (L4 IA) Register Description
        3. 14.3.5.3 L4 Target Agent (L4 TA)
          1. 14.3.5.3.1 L4 Target Agent (L4 TA) Register Summary
          2. 14.3.5.3.2 L4 Target Agent (L4 TA) Register Description
        4. 14.3.5.4 L4 Link Agent (L4 LA)
          1. 14.3.5.4.1 L4 Link Agent (L4 LA) Register Summary
          2. 14.3.5.4.2 L4 Link Agent (L4 LA) Register Description
        5. 14.3.5.5 L4 Address Protection (L4 AP)
          1. 14.3.5.5.1 L4 Address Protection (L4 AP) Register Summary
          2. 14.3.5.5.2 L4 Address Protection (L4 AP) Register Description
  17. 15Memory Subsystem
    1. 15.1 Memory Subsystem Overview
      1. 15.1.1 DMM Overview
      2. 15.1.2 TILER Overview
      3. 15.1.3 EMIF Overview
      4. 15.1.4 GPMC Overview
      5. 15.1.5 ELM Overview
      6. 15.1.6 OCM Overview
    2. 15.2 Dynamic Memory Manager
      1. 15.2.1 DMM Overview
      2. 15.2.2 DMM Integration
        1. 15.2.2.1 DMM Configuration
      3. 15.2.3 DMM Functional Description
        1. 15.2.3.1 DMM Block Diagram
        2. 15.2.3.2 DMM Clock Configuration
        3. 15.2.3.3 DMM Power Management
        4. 15.2.3.4 DMM Interrupt Requests
        5. 15.2.3.5 DMM
          1. 15.2.3.5.1 DMM Concepts
            1. 15.2.3.5.1.1 Dynamic Mapping
            2. 15.2.3.5.1.2 Address Mapping
            3. 15.2.3.5.1.3 Address Translation
              1. 15.2.3.5.1.3.1 PAT View Mappings
              2. 15.2.3.5.1.3.2 PAT View Map Base Address
              3. 15.2.3.5.1.3.3 PAT Views
                1. 15.2.3.5.1.3.3.1 PAT Direct Access Translation
                2. 15.2.3.5.1.3.3.2 PAT Indirect Access Translation
                3. 15.2.3.5.1.3.3.3 PAT View Configuration
                4. 15.2.3.5.1.3.3.4 PAT Address Translation LUT
                5. 15.2.3.5.1.3.3.5 Direct Access to the PAT Table Vectors
                6. 15.2.3.5.1.3.3.6 Automatic Refill Through the Refill Engines
          2. 15.2.3.5.2 DMM Transaction Flows
            1. 15.2.3.5.2.1 Nontiled Transaction Flow
            2. 15.2.3.5.2.2 Tiled Transaction Flow
          3. 15.2.3.5.3 DMM Internal Macro-Architecture
            1. 15.2.3.5.3.1 LISA Description
            2. 15.2.3.5.3.2 PAT Description
            3. 15.2.3.5.3.3 PEG Description
            4. 15.2.3.5.3.4 LISA Interconnect Arbitration
            5. 15.2.3.5.3.5 ROBIN Description
            6. 15.2.3.5.3.6 TILER Description
        6. 15.2.3.6 TILER
          1. 15.2.3.6.1 TILER Concepts
            1. 15.2.3.6.1.1 TILER Rationale
              1. 15.2.3.6.1.1.1 The TILER is a 4-GiB Virtual Address Space Composed of Eight Views
              2. 15.2.3.6.1.1.2 A View is a 512-MiB Virtual Address Space Composed of Four Containers
              3. 15.2.3.6.1.1.3 A Container is a 128-MiB Virtual Address Space
              4. 15.2.3.6.1.1.4 A Page is a 4-kiB Virtual Address Space
              5. 15.2.3.6.1.1.5 A Tile is a 1-kiB Address Space
              6. 15.2.3.6.1.1.6 1851
              7. 15.2.3.6.1.1.7 A Subtile is a 128-Bit Address Space
            2. 15.2.3.6.1.2 TILER Modes
              1. 15.2.3.6.1.2.1 Bypass Mode
              2. 15.2.3.6.1.2.2 Page Mode
              3. 15.2.3.6.1.2.3 Tiled Mode
            3. 15.2.3.6.1.3 Object Container Definition
            4. 15.2.3.6.1.4 Page Definition
              1. 15.2.3.6.1.4.1 Container Geometry With 4-kiB Pages
              2. 15.2.3.6.1.4.2 Container Geometry and Page Mapping Summary
            5. 15.2.3.6.1.5 Orientation
            6. 15.2.3.6.1.6 Tile Definition
            7. 15.2.3.6.1.7 Subtiles
              1. 15.2.3.6.1.7.1 Subtiling Definition
            8. 15.2.3.6.1.8 TILER Virtual Addressing
              1. 15.2.3.6.1.8.1 Page Mode Virtual Addressing and Characteristics
              2. 15.2.3.6.1.8.2 Tiled Mode Virtual Addressing and Characteristics
              3. 15.2.3.6.1.8.3 Element Ordering in the TILER Container
                1. 15.2.3.6.1.8.3.1 Natural View or 0-Degree View (Orientation 0)
                2. 15.2.3.6.1.8.3.2 0-Degree View With Vertical Mirror or 180-Degree View With Horizontal Mirror (Orientation 1)
                3. 15.2.3.6.1.8.3.3 0-Degree View With Horizontal Mirror or 180-Degree View With Vertical Mirror (Orientation 2)
                4. 15.2.3.6.1.8.3.4 180-Degree View (Orientation 3)
                5. 15.2.3.6.1.8.3.5 90-Degree View With Vertical Mirror or 270-Degree View With Horizontal Mirror (Orientation 4)
                6. 15.2.3.6.1.8.3.6 270-Degree View (Orientation 5)
                7. 15.2.3.6.1.8.3.7 90-Degree View (Orientation 6)
                8. 15.2.3.6.1.8.3.8 90-Degree View With Horizontal Mirror or 270-Degree View With Vertical Mirror (Orientation 7)
          2. 15.2.3.6.2 TILER Macro-Architecture
          3. 15.2.3.6.3 TILER Guidelines for Initiators
            1. 15.2.3.6.3.1 Buffered Raster-Based Initiators
              1. 15.2.3.6.3.1.1 Buffer Size
              2. 15.2.3.6.3.1.2 Performance
      4. 15.2.4 DMM Use Cases and Tips
        1. 15.2.4.1 PAT Use Cases
          1. 15.2.4.1.1 Simple Manual Area Refill
          2. 15.2.4.1.2 Single Auto-Configured Area Refill
          3. 15.2.4.1.3 Chained Auto-Configured Area Refill
          4. 15.2.4.1.4 Synchronized Auto-Configured Area Refill
          5. 15.2.4.1.5 Cyclic Synchronized Auto-Configured Area Refill
        2. 15.2.4.2 Addressing Management with LISA
          1. 15.2.4.2.1 Case 1: Use of One Memory Controller
      5. 15.2.5 DMM Basic Programming Model
        1. 15.2.5.1 Global Initialization
        2. 15.2.5.2 DMM Module Global Initialization
        3. 15.2.5.3 DMM Operational Modes Configuration
          1. 15.2.5.3.1 Different Operational Modes
          2. 15.2.5.3.2 Configuration Settings and LUT Refill
          3. 15.2.5.3.3 LISA Settings
          4. 15.2.5.3.4 Aliased Tiled View Orientation Settings and LUT Refill
          5. 15.2.5.3.5 Priority Settings
          6. 15.2.5.3.6 Error Handling
          7. 15.2.5.3.7 PAT Programming Model
            1. 15.2.5.3.7.1 PAT in Direct Translation Mode
            2. 15.2.5.3.7.2 PAT in Indirect Translation Mode
        4. 15.2.5.4 Addressing an Object in Tiled Mode
          1. 15.2.5.4.1 Frame-Buffer Addressing
          2. 15.2.5.4.2 TILER Page Mapping
        5. 15.2.5.5 Addressing an Object in Page Mode
        6. 15.2.5.6 Sharing Containers Between Different Modes
      6. 15.2.6 DMM Register Manual
        1. 15.2.6.1 DMM Instance Summary
        2. 15.2.6.2 DMM Registers
          1. 15.2.6.2.1 DMM Register Summary
          2. 15.2.6.2.2 DMM Register Description
    3. 15.3 EMIF Controller
      1. 15.3.1 EMIF Controller Overview
      2. 15.3.2 EMIF Module Environment
      3. 15.3.3 EMIF Module Integration
      4. 15.3.4 EMIF Functional Description
        1. 15.3.4.1  Block Diagram
          1. 15.3.4.1.1 Local Interface
          2. 15.3.4.1.2 FIFO Description
          3. 15.3.4.1.3 MPU Port Restrictions
          4. 15.3.4.1.4 Arbitration of Commands in the Command FIFO
        2. 15.3.4.2  Clock Management
          1. 15.3.4.2.1 EMIF_FICLK Overview
          2. 15.3.4.2.2 EMIF Dependency on MPU Clock Rate
        3. 15.3.4.3  Reset
        4. 15.3.4.4  System Power Management
          1. 15.3.4.4.1 Power-Down Mode
          2. 15.3.4.4.2 Self-Refresh Mode
        5. 15.3.4.5  Interrupt Requests
        6. 15.3.4.6  SDRAM Refresh Scheduling
        7. 15.3.4.7  SDRAM Initialization
          1. 15.3.4.7.1 DDR3/DDR3L SDRAM Initialization
        8. 15.3.4.8  DDR3/DDR3L Read-Write Leveling
          1. 15.3.4.8.1 Full Leveling
          2. 15.3.4.8.2 Software Leveling
        9. 15.3.4.9  EMIF Access Cycles
        10. 15.3.4.10 Turnaround Time
        11. 15.3.4.11 PHY DLL Calibration
        12. 15.3.4.12 SDRAM Address Mapping
          1. 15.3.4.12.1  Address Mapping for IBANK_POS = 0 and EBANK_POS = 0
          2. 15.3.4.12.2  Address Mapping for IBANK_POS = 1 and EBANK_POS = 0
          3. 15.3.4.12.3  Address Mapping for IBANK_POS = 2 and EBANK_POS = 0
          4. 15.3.4.12.4  Address Mapping for IBANK_POS = 3 and EBANK_POS = 0
          5. 15.3.4.12.5  Address Mapping for IBANK_POS = 0 and EBANK_POS = 1
          6. 15.3.4.12.6  Address Mapping for IBANK_POS = 1 and EBANK_POS = 1
          7. 15.3.4.12.7  Address Mapping for IBANK_POS = 2 and EBANK_POS = 1
          8. 15.3.4.12.8  1949
          9. 15.3.4.12.9  Address Mapping for IBANK_POS = 3 and EBANK_POS = 1
          10. 15.3.4.12.10 1951
        13. 15.3.4.13 DDR3/DDR3L Output Impedance Calibration
        14. 15.3.4.14 Error Correction And Detection Feature
        15. 15.3.4.15 Class of Service
        16. 15.3.4.16 Performance Counters
          1. 15.3.4.16.1 Performance Counters General Examples
        17. 15.3.4.17 Forcing CKE to tri-state
      5. 15.3.5 EMIF Programming Guide
        1. 15.3.5.1 EMIF Low-Level Programming Models
          1. 15.3.5.1.1 Global Initialization
            1. 15.3.5.1.1.1 EMIF Configuration Sequence
          2. 15.3.5.1.2 Operational Modes Configuration
            1. 15.3.5.1.2.1 EMIF Output Impedance Calibration Mode
            2. 15.3.5.1.2.2 EMIF SDRAM Self-Refresh
            3. 15.3.5.1.2.3 EMIF SDRAM Power-Down Mode
            4. 15.3.5.1.2.4 EMIF ECC Configuration
      6. 15.3.6 EMIF Register Manual
        1. 15.3.6.1 EMIF Instance Summary
        2. 15.3.6.2 EMIF Registers
          1. 15.3.6.2.1 EMIF Register Summary
          2. 15.3.6.2.2 EMIF Register Description
    4. 15.4 General-Purpose Memory Controller
      1. 15.4.1 GPMC Overview
      2. 15.4.2 GPMC Environment
        1. 15.4.2.1 GPMC Modes
        2. 15.4.2.2 GPMC Signals
      3. 15.4.3 GPMC Integration
      4. 15.4.4 GPMC Functional Description
        1. 15.4.4.1  GPMC Block Diagram
        2. 15.4.4.2  GPMC Clock Configuration
        3. 15.4.4.3  GPMC Software Reset
        4. 15.4.4.4  GPMC Power Management
        5. 15.4.4.5  GPMC Interrupt Requests
        6. 15.4.4.6  L3 Interconnect Interface
        7. 15.4.4.7  GPMC Address and Data Bus
          1. 15.4.4.7.1 GPMC I/O Configuration Setting
          2. 15.4.4.7.2 GPMC CS0 Default Configuration at Device Reset
        8. 15.4.4.8  Address Decoder and Chip-Select Configuration
          1. 15.4.4.8.1 Chip-Select Base Address and Region Size
          2. 15.4.4.8.2 Access Protocol
            1. 15.4.4.8.2.1 Supported Devices
            2. 15.4.4.8.2.2 Access Size Adaptation and Device Width
            3. 15.4.4.8.2.3 Address/Data-Multiplexing Interface
          3. 15.4.4.8.3 External Signals
            1. 15.4.4.8.3.1 Wait Pin Monitoring Control
              1. 15.4.4.8.3.1.1 Wait Monitoring During Asynchronous Read Access
              2. 15.4.4.8.3.1.2 Wait Monitoring During Asynchronous Write Access
              3. 15.4.4.8.3.1.3 Wait Monitoring During Synchronous Read Access
              4. 15.4.4.8.3.1.4 Wait Monitoring During Synchronous Write Access
              5. 15.4.4.8.3.1.5 Wait With NAND Device
              6. 15.4.4.8.3.1.6 Idle Cycle Control Between Successive Accesses
                1. 15.4.4.8.3.1.6.1 Bus Turnaround (BUSTURNAROUND)
                2. 15.4.4.8.3.1.6.2 Idle Cycles Between Accesses to Same Chip-Select (CYCLE2CYCLESAMECSEN, CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY)
                3. 15.4.4.8.3.1.6.3 Idle Cycles Between Accesses to Different Chip-Select (CYCLE2CYCLEDIFFCSEN, CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY)
              7. 15.4.4.8.3.1.7 Slow Device Support (TIMEPARAGRANULARITY Parameter)
            2. 15.4.4.8.3.2 Reset
            3. 15.4.4.8.3.3 Byte Enable (nBE1/nBE0)
          4. 15.4.4.8.4 Error Handling
        9. 15.4.4.9  Timing Setting
          1. 15.4.4.9.1  Read Cycle Time and Write Cycle Time (RDCYCLETIME / WRCYCLETIME)
          2. 15.4.4.9.2  nCS: Chip-Select Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (CSONTIME / CSRDOFFTIME / CSWROFFTIME / CSEXTRADELAY)
          3. 15.4.4.9.3  nADV/ALE: Address Valid/Address Latch Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (ADVONTIME / ADVRDOFFTIME / ADVWROFFTIME / ADVEXTRADELAY/ADVAADMUXONTIME/ADVAADMUXRDOFFTIME/ADVAADMUXWROFFTIME)
          4. 15.4.4.9.4  nOE/nRE: Output Enable/Read Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (OEONTIME / OEOFFTIME / OEEXTRADELAY / OEAADMUXONTIME / OEAADMUXOFFTIME)
          5. 15.4.4.9.5  nWE: Write Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (WEONTIME / WEOFFTIME / WEEXTRADELAY)
          6. 15.4.4.9.6  GPMC_CLK
          7. 15.4.4.9.7  GPMC_CLK and Control Signals Setup and Hold
          8. 15.4.4.9.8  Access Time (RDACCESSTIME / WRACCESSTIME)
            1. 15.4.4.9.8.1 Access Time on Read Access
            2. 15.4.4.9.8.2 Access Time on Write Access
          9. 15.4.4.9.9  Page Burst Access Time (PAGEBURSTACCESSTIME)
            1. 15.4.4.9.9.1 Page Burst Access Time on Read Access
            2. 15.4.4.9.9.2 Page Burst Access Time on Write Access
          10. 15.4.4.9.10 Bus Keeping Support
        10. 15.4.4.10 NOR Access Description
          1. 15.4.4.10.1 Asynchronous Access Description
            1. 15.4.4.10.1.1 Access on Address/Data Multiplexed Devices
              1. 15.4.4.10.1.1.1 Asynchronous Single-Read Operation on an Address/Data Multiplexed Device
              2. 15.4.4.10.1.1.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on an Address/Data-Multiplexed Device
              3. 15.4.4.10.1.1.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page) Write Operation on an Address/Data-Multiplexed Device
            2. 15.4.4.10.1.2 Access on Address/Address/Data-Multiplexed Devices
              1. 15.4.4.10.1.2.1 Asynchronous Single Read Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
              2. 15.4.4.10.1.2.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
              3. 15.4.4.10.1.2.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page) Read Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
          2. 15.4.4.10.2 Synchronous Access Description
            1. 15.4.4.10.2.1 Synchronous Single Read
            2. 15.4.4.10.2.2 Synchronous Multiple (Burst) Read (4-, 8-, 16-Word16 Burst With Wraparound Capability)
            3. 15.4.4.10.2.3 Synchronous Single Write
            4. 15.4.4.10.2.4 Synchronous Multiple (Burst) Write
          3. 15.4.4.10.3 Asynchronous and Synchronous Accesses in Nonmultiplexed Mode
            1. 15.4.4.10.3.1 Asynchronous Single-Read Operation on Nonmultiplexed Device
            2. 15.4.4.10.3.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on Nonmultiplexed Device
            3. 15.4.4.10.3.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page Mode) Read Operation on Nonmultiplexed Device
            4. 15.4.4.10.3.4 Synchronous Operations on a Nonmultiplexed Device
          4. 15.4.4.10.4 Page and Burst Support
          5. 15.4.4.10.5 System Burst vs External Device Burst Support
        11. 15.4.4.11 pSRAM Access Specificities
        12. 15.4.4.12 NAND Access Description
          1. 15.4.4.12.1 NAND Memory Device in Byte or 16-bit Word Stream Mode
            1. 15.4.4.12.1.1 Chip-Select Configuration for NAND Interfacing in Byte or Word Stream Mode
            2. 15.4.4.12.1.2 NAND Device Command and Address Phase Control
            3. 15.4.4.12.1.3 Command Latch Cycle
            4. 15.4.4.12.1.4 Address Latch Cycle
            5. 15.4.4.12.1.5 NAND Device Data Read and Write Phase Control in Stream Mode
            6. 15.4.4.12.1.6 NAND Device General Chip-Select Timing Control Requirement
            7. 15.4.4.12.1.7 Read and Write Access Size Adaptation
              1. 15.4.4.12.1.7.1 8-Bit-Wide NAND Device
              2. 15.4.4.12.1.7.2 16-Bit-Wide NAND Device
          2. 15.4.4.12.2 NAND Device-Ready Pin
            1. 15.4.4.12.2.1 Ready Pin Monitored by Software Polling
            2. 15.4.4.12.2.2 Ready Pin Monitored by Hardware Interrupt
          3. 15.4.4.12.3 ECC Calculator
            1. 15.4.4.12.3.1 Hamming Code
              1. 15.4.4.12.3.1.1 ECC Result Register and ECC Computation Accumulation Size
              2. 15.4.4.12.3.1.2 ECC Enabling
              3. 15.4.4.12.3.1.3 ECC Computation
              4. 15.4.4.12.3.1.4 ECC Comparison and Correction
              5. 15.4.4.12.3.1.5 ECC Calculation Based on 8-Bit Word
              6. 15.4.4.12.3.1.6 ECC Calculation Based on 16-Bit Word
            2. 15.4.4.12.3.2 BCH Code
              1. 15.4.4.12.3.2.1 Requirements
              2. 15.4.4.12.3.2.2 Memory Mapping of BCH Codeword
                1. 15.4.4.12.3.2.2.1 Memory Mapping of Data Message
                2. 15.4.4.12.3.2.2.2 Memory-Mapping of the ECC
                3. 15.4.4.12.3.2.2.3 Wrapping Modes
                  1. 4.4.12.3.2.2.3.1  Manual Mode (0x0)
                  2. 4.4.12.3.2.2.3.2  Mode 0x1
                  3. 4.4.12.3.2.2.3.3  Mode 0xA (10)
                  4. 4.4.12.3.2.2.3.4  Mode 0x2
                  5. 4.4.12.3.2.2.3.5  Mode 0x3
                  6. 4.4.12.3.2.2.3.6  Mode 0x7
                  7. 4.4.12.3.2.2.3.7  Mode 0x8
                  8. 4.4.12.3.2.2.3.8  Mode 0x4
                  9. 4.4.12.3.2.2.3.9  Mode 0x9
                  10. 4.4.12.3.2.2.3.10 Mode 0x5
                  11. 4.4.12.3.2.2.3.11 Mode 0xB (11)
                  12. 4.4.12.3.2.2.3.12 Mode 0x6
              3. 15.4.4.12.3.2.3 Supported NAND Page Mappings and ECC Schemes
                1. 15.4.4.12.3.2.3.1 Per-Sector Spare Mappings
                2. 15.4.4.12.3.2.3.2 Pooled Spare Mapping
                3. 15.4.4.12.3.2.3.3 Per-Sector Spare Mapping, with ECC Separated at the End of the Page
          4. 15.4.4.12.4 Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine
            1. 15.4.4.12.4.1 General Facts About the Engine Configuration
            2. 15.4.4.12.4.2 Prefetch Mode
            3. 15.4.4.12.4.3 FIFO Control in Prefetch Mode
            4. 15.4.4.12.4.4 Write-Posting Mode
            5. 15.4.4.12.4.5 FIFO Control in Write-Posting Mode
            6. 15.4.4.12.4.6 Optimizing NAND Access Using the Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine
            7. 15.4.4.12.4.7 Interleaved Accesses Between Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine and Other Chip-Selects
      5. 15.4.5 GPMC Basic Programming Model
        1. 15.4.5.1 GPMC High-Level Programming Model Overview
        2. 15.4.5.2 GPMC Initialization
        3. 15.4.5.3 GPMC Configuration in NOR Mode
        4. 15.4.5.4 GPMC Configuration in NAND Mode
        5. 15.4.5.5 Set Memory Access
        6. 15.4.5.6 GPMC Timing Parameters
          1. 15.4.5.6.1 GPMC Timing Parameters Formulas
            1. 15.4.5.6.1.1 NAND Flash Interface Timing Parameters Formulas
            2. 15.4.5.6.1.2 Synchronous NOR Flash Timing Parameters Formulas
            3. 15.4.5.6.1.3 Asynchronous NOR Flash Timing Parameters Formulas
      6. 15.4.6 GPMC Use Cases and Tips
        1. 15.4.6.1 How to Set GPMC Timing Parameters for Typical Accesses
          1. 15.4.6.1.1 External Memory Attached to the GPMC Module
          2. 15.4.6.1.2 Typical GPMC Setup
            1. 15.4.6.1.2.1 GPMC Configuration for Synchronous Burst Read Access
            2. 15.4.6.1.2.2 GPMC Configuration for Asynchronous Read Access
            3. 15.4.6.1.2.3 GPMC Configuration for Asynchronous Single Write Access
        2. 15.4.6.2 How to Choose a Suitable Memory to Use With the GPMC
          1. 15.4.6.2.1 Supported Memories or Devices
            1. 15.4.6.2.1.1 Memory Pin Multiplexing
            2. 15.4.6.2.1.2 NAND Interface Protocol
            3. 15.4.6.2.1.3 NOR Interface Protocol
            4. 15.4.6.2.1.4 Other Technologies
            5. 15.4.6.2.1.5 Supported Protocols
          2. 15.4.6.2.2 GPMC Features and Settings
      7. 15.4.7 GPMC Register Manual
        1. 15.4.7.1 GPMC Register Summary
        2. 15.4.7.2 GPMC Register Descriptions
    5. 15.5 Error Location Module
      1. 15.5.1 Error Location Module Overview
      2. 15.5.2 ELM Integration
      3. 15.5.3 ELM Functional Description
        1. 15.5.3.1 ELM Software Reset
        2. 15.5.3.2 ELM Power Management
        3. 15.5.3.3 ELM Interrupt Requests
        4. 15.5.3.4 Processing Initialization
        5. 15.5.3.5 Processing Sequence
        6. 15.5.3.6 Processing Completion
      4. 15.5.4 ELM Basic Programming Model
        1. 15.5.4.1 ELM Low-Level Programming Model
          1. 15.5.4.1.1 Processing Initialization
          2. 15.5.4.1.2 Read Results
          3. 15.5.4.1.3 2142
        2. 15.5.4.2 Use Case: ELM Used in Continuous Mode
        3. 15.5.4.3 Use Case: ELM Used in Page Mode
      5. 15.5.5 ELM Register Manual
        1. 15.5.5.1 ELM Instance Summary
        2. 15.5.5.2 ELM Registers
          1. 15.5.5.2.1 ELM Register Summary
          2. 15.5.5.2.2 ELM Register Description
    6. 15.6 On-Chip Memory (OCM) Subsystem
      1. 15.6.1 OCM Subsystem Overview
      2. 15.6.2 OCM Subsystem Integration
      3. 15.6.3 OCM Subsystem Functional Desctiption
        1. 15.6.3.1  Block Diagram
        2. 15.6.3.2  Resets
        3. 15.6.3.3  Clock Management
        4. 15.6.3.4  Interrupt Requests
        5. 15.6.3.5  OCM Subsystem Memory Regions
        6. 15.6.3.6  OCM Controller Modes Of Operation
        7. 15.6.3.7  ECC Associated FIFOs
        8. 15.6.3.8  ECC Counters And Corrected Bit Distribution Register
        9. 15.6.3.9  ECC Support
        10. 15.6.3.10 Circular Buffer (CBUF) Support
        11. 15.6.3.11 CBUF Mode Error Handling
          1. 15.6.3.11.1 VBUF Address Not Mapped to a CBUF Memory Space
          2. 15.6.3.11.2 VBUF Access Not Starting At The Base Address
          3. 15.6.3.11.3 Illegal Address Change Between Two Same Type Accesses
          4. 15.6.3.11.4 Illegal Frame SIze (Short Frame Detection)
          5. 15.6.3.11.5 CBUF Overflow
          6. 15.6.3.11.6 CBUF Underflow
        12. 15.6.3.12 Status Reporting
      4. 15.6.4 OCM Subsystem Register Manual
        1. 15.6.4.1 OCM Subsystem Instance Summary
        2. 15.6.4.2 OCM Subsystem Registers
          1. 15.6.4.2.1 OCM Subsystem Register Summary
          2. 15.6.4.2.2 OCM Subsystem Register Description
  18. 16DMA Controllers
    1. 16.1 System DMA
      1. 16.1.1 DMA_SYSTEM Module Overview
      2. 16.1.2 DMA_SYSTEM Controller Environment
      3. 16.1.3 DMA_SYSTEM Module Integration
        1. 16.1.3.1 DMA Requests to the DMA_SYSTEM Controller
        2. 16.1.3.2 Mapping of DMA Requests to DMA_CROSSBAR Inputs
      4. 16.1.4 DMA_SYSTEM Functional Description
        1. 16.1.4.1  DMA_SYSTEM Controller Power Management
        2. 16.1.4.2  DMA_SYSTEM Controller Interrupt Requests
          1. 16.1.4.2.1 Interrupt Generation
        3. 16.1.4.3  Logical Channel Transfer Overview
        4. 16.1.4.4  FIFO Queue Memory Pool
        5. 16.1.4.5  Addressing Modes
        6. 16.1.4.6  Packed Accesses
        7. 16.1.4.7  Burst Transactions
        8. 16.1.4.8  Endianism Conversion
        9. 16.1.4.9  Transfer Synchronization
          1. 16.1.4.9.1 Software Synchronization
          2. 16.1.4.9.2 Hardware Synchronization
        10. 16.1.4.10 Thread Budget Allocation
        11. 16.1.4.11 FIFO Budget Allocation
        12. 16.1.4.12 Chained Logical Channel Transfers
        13. 16.1.4.13 Reprogramming an Active Channel
        14. 16.1.4.14 Packet Synchronization
        15. 16.1.4.15 Graphics Acceleration Support
        16. 16.1.4.16 Supervisor Modes
        17. 16.1.4.17 Posted and Nonposted Writes
        18. 16.1.4.18 Disabling a Channel During Transfer
        19. 16.1.4.19 FIFO Draining Mechanism
        20. 16.1.4.20 Linked List
          1. 16.1.4.20.1 Overview
          2. 16.1.4.20.2 Link-List Transfer Profile
          3. 16.1.4.20.3 Descriptors
            1. 16.1.4.20.3.1 Type 1
            2. 16.1.4.20.3.2 Type 2
            3. 16.1.4.20.3.3 Type 3
          4. 16.1.4.20.4 Linked-List Control and Monitoring
            1. 16.1.4.20.4.1 Transfer Mode Setting
            2. 16.1.4.20.4.2 Starting a Linked List
            3. 16.1.4.20.4.3 Monitoring a Linked-List Progression
            4. 16.1.4.20.4.4 Interrupt During Linked-List Execution
            5. 16.1.4.20.4.5 Pause a Linked List
            6. 16.1.4.20.4.6 Stop a Linked List (Abort or Drain)
              1. 16.1.4.20.4.6.1 Drain
              2. 16.1.4.20.4.6.2 Abort
            7. 16.1.4.20.4.7 Status Bit Behavior
            8. 16.1.4.20.4.8 Linked-List Channel Linking
      5. 16.1.5 DMA_SYSTEM Basic Programming Model
        1. 16.1.5.1 Setup Configuration
        2. 16.1.5.2 Software-Triggered (Nonsynchronized) Transfer
        3. 16.1.5.3 Hardware-Synchronized Transfer
        4. 16.1.5.4 Synchronized Transfer Monitoring Using CDAC
        5. 16.1.5.5 Concurrent Software and Hardware Synchronization
        6. 16.1.5.6 Chained Transfer
        7. 16.1.5.7 90-Degree Clockwise Image Rotation
        8. 16.1.5.8 Graphic Operations
        9. 16.1.5.9 Linked-List Programming Guidelines
      6. 16.1.6 DMA_SYSTEM Register Manual
        1. 16.1.6.1 DMA_SYSTEM Instance Summary
        2. 16.1.6.2 DMA_SYSTEM Registers
          1. 16.1.6.2.1 DMA_SYSTEM Register Summary
          2. 16.1.6.2.2 DMA_SYSTEM Register Description
    2. 16.2 Enhanced DMA
      1. 16.2.1 EDMA Module Overview
        1. 16.2.1.1 EDMA Features
        2. 16.2.1.2 2243
        3. 16.2.1.3 EDMA Controllers Configuration
      2. 16.2.2 EDMA Controller Environment
      3. 16.2.3 EDMA Controller Integration
        1. 16.2.3.1 EDMA Requests to the EDMA Controller
      4. 16.2.4 EDMA Controller Functional Description
        1. 16.2.4.1  Block Diagram
          1. 16.2.4.1.1 Third-Party Channel Controller
          2. 16.2.4.1.2 Third-Party Transfer Controller
        2. 16.2.4.2  Types of EDMA controller Transfers
          1. 16.2.4.2.1 A-Synchronized Transfers
          2. 16.2.4.2.2 AB-Synchronized Transfers
        3. 16.2.4.3  Parameter RAM (PaRAM)
          1. 16.2.4.3.1 PaRAM
          2. 16.2.4.3.2 EDMA Channel PaRAM Set Entry Fields
            1. 16.2.4.3.2.1  Channel Options Parameter (OPT)
            2. 16.2.4.3.2.2  Channel Source Address (SRC)
            3. 16.2.4.3.2.3  Channel Destination Address (DST)
            4. 16.2.4.3.2.4  Count for 1st Dimension (ACNT)
            5. 16.2.4.3.2.5  Count for 2nd Dimension (BCNT)
            6. 16.2.4.3.2.6  Count for 3rd Dimension (CCNT)
            7. 16.2.4.3.2.7  BCNT Reload (BCNTRLD)
            8. 16.2.4.3.2.8  Source B Index (SBIDX)
            9. 16.2.4.3.2.9  Destination B Index (DBIDX)
            10. 16.2.4.3.2.10 Source C Index (SCIDX)
            11. 16.2.4.3.2.11 Destination C Index (DCIDX)
            12. 16.2.4.3.2.12 Link Address (LINK)
          3. 16.2.4.3.3 Null PaRAM Set
          4. 16.2.4.3.4 Dummy PaRAM Set
          5. 16.2.4.3.5 Dummy Versus Null Transfer Comparison
          6. 16.2.4.3.6 Parameter Set Updates
          7. 16.2.4.3.7 Linking Transfers
          8. 16.2.4.3.8 Constant Addressing Mode Transfers/Alignment Issues
          9. 16.2.4.3.9 Element Size
        4. 16.2.4.4  Initiating a DMA Transfer
          1. 16.2.4.4.1 DMA Channel
            1. 16.2.4.4.1.1 Event-Triggered Transfer Request
            2. 16.2.4.4.1.2 Manually-Triggered Transfer Request
            3. 16.2.4.4.1.3 Chain-Triggered Transfer Request
          2. 16.2.4.4.2 QDMA Channels
            1. 16.2.4.4.2.1 Auto-triggered and Link-Triggered Transfer Request
          3. 16.2.4.4.3 Comparison Between DMA and QDMA Channels
        5. 16.2.4.5  Completion of a DMA Transfer
          1. 16.2.4.5.1 Normal Completion
          2. 16.2.4.5.2 Early Completion
          3. 16.2.4.5.3 Dummy or Null Completion
        6. 16.2.4.6  Event, Channel, and PaRAM Mapping
          1. 16.2.4.6.1 DMA Channel to PaRAM Mapping
          2. 16.2.4.6.2 QDMA Channel to PaRAM Mapping
        7. 16.2.4.7  EDMA Channel Controller Regions
          1. 16.2.4.7.1 Region Overview
          2. 16.2.4.7.2 Channel Controller Regions
            1. 16.2.4.7.2.1 Resource Pool Division Across Two Regions
          3. 16.2.4.7.3 Region Interrupts
        8. 16.2.4.8  Chaining EDMA Channels
        9. 16.2.4.9  EDMA Interrupts
          1. 16.2.4.9.1 Transfer Completion Interrupts
            1. 16.2.4.9.1.1 Enabling Transfer Completion Interrupts
            2. 16.2.4.9.1.2 Clearing Transfer Completion Interrupts
          2. 16.2.4.9.2 EDMA Interrupt Servicing
          3. 16.2.4.9.3 Interrupt Servicing
          4. 16.2.4.9.4 2304
          5. 16.2.4.9.5 Interrupt Servicing
          6. 16.2.4.9.6 Interrupt Evaluation Operations
          7. 16.2.4.9.7 Error Interrupts
          8. 16.2.4.9.8 2308
        10. 16.2.4.10 Memory Protection
          1. 16.2.4.10.1 Active Memory Protection
          2. 16.2.4.10.2 Proxy Memory Protection
        11. 16.2.4.11 Event Queue(s)
          1. 16.2.4.11.1 DMA/QDMA Channel to Event Queue Mapping
          2. 16.2.4.11.2 Queue RAM Debug Visibility
          3. 16.2.4.11.3 Queue Resource Tracking
          4. 16.2.4.11.4 Performance Considerations
        12. 16.2.4.12 EDMA Transfer Controller (EDMA_TPTC)
          1. 16.2.4.12.1 Architecture Details
            1. 16.2.4.12.1.1 Command Fragmentation
            2. 16.2.4.12.1.2 TR Pipelining
            3. 16.2.4.12.1.3 Command Fragmentation (DBS = 64)
            4. 16.2.4.12.1.4 Performance Tuning
          2. 16.2.4.12.2 Memory Protection
          3. 16.2.4.12.3 Error Generation
          4. 16.2.4.12.4 Debug Features
            1. 16.2.4.12.4.1 Destination FIFO Register Pointer
          5. 16.2.4.12.5 EDMA_TPTC Configuration
        13. 16.2.4.13 Event Dataflow
        14. 16.2.4.14 EDMA controller Prioritization
          1. 16.2.4.14.1 Channel Priority
          2. 16.2.4.14.2 Trigger Source Priority
          3. 16.2.4.14.3 Dequeue Priority
        15. 16.2.4.15 EDMA Power, Reset and Clock Management
          1. 16.2.4.15.1 Clock and Power Management
          2. 16.2.4.15.2 Reset Considerations
        16. 16.2.4.16 Emulation Considerations
      5. 16.2.5 EDMA Transfer Examples
        1. 16.2.5.1 Block Move Example
        2. 16.2.5.2 Subframe Extraction Example
        3. 16.2.5.3 Data Sorting Example
        4. 16.2.5.4 Peripheral Servicing Example
          1. 16.2.5.4.1 Non-bursting Peripherals
          2. 16.2.5.4.2 Bursting Peripherals
          3. 16.2.5.4.3 Continuous Operation
            1. 16.2.5.4.3.1 Receive Channel
            2. 16.2.5.4.3.2 Transmit Channel
            3. 16.2.5.4.3.3 2347
          4. 16.2.5.4.4 Ping-Pong Buffering
            1. 16.2.5.4.4.1 Synchronization with the CPU
          5. 16.2.5.4.5 Transfer Chaining Examples
            1. 16.2.5.4.5.1 Servicing Input/Output FIFOs with a Single Event
            2. 16.2.5.4.5.2 Breaking Up Large Transfers with Intermediate Chaining
        5. 16.2.5.5 Setting Up an EDMA Transfer
          1. 16.2.5.5.1 2354
      6. 16.2.6 EDMA Debug Checklist and Programming Tips
        1. 16.2.6.1 EDMA Debug Checklist
        2. 16.2.6.2 EDMA Programming Tips
      7. 16.2.7 EDMA Register Manual
        1. 16.2.7.1 EDMA Instance Summary
        2. 16.2.7.2 EDMA Registers
          1. 16.2.7.2.1 EDMA Register Summary
          2. 16.2.7.2.2 EDMA Register Description
            1. 16.2.7.2.2.1 EDMA_TPCC Register Description
            2. 16.2.7.2.2.2 EDMA_TPTC0 and EDMA_TPTC1 Register Description
  19. 17Interrupt Controllers
    1. 17.1 Interrupt Controllers Overview
    2. 17.2 Interrupt Controllers Environment
    3. 17.3 Interrupt Controllers Integration
      1. 17.3.1 Interrupt Requests to MPU_INTC
      2. 17.3.2 Interrupt Requests to DSP1_INTC
      3. 17.3.3 Interrupt Requests to IPU1_Cx_INTC
      4. 17.3.4 Interrupt Requests to IPU2_Cx_INTC
      5. 17.3.5 Interrupt Requests to PRUSS1_INTC
      6. 17.3.6 Interrupt Requests to PRUSS2_INTC
      7. 17.3.7 Mapping of Device Interrupts to IRQ_CROSSBAR Inputs
    4. 17.4 Interrupt Controllers Functional Description
  20. 18Control Module
    1. 18.1 Control Module Overview
    2. 18.2 Control Module Environment
    3. 18.3 Control Module Integration
    4. 18.4 Control Module Functional Description
      1. 18.4.1 Control Module Clock Configuration
      2. 18.4.2 Control Module Resets
      3. 18.4.3 Control Module Power Management
        1. 18.4.3.1 Power Management Protocols
      4. 18.4.4 Hardware Requests
      5. 18.4.5 Control Module Initialization
      6. 18.4.6 Functional Description Of The Various Register Types In CTRL_MODULE_CORE Submodule
        1. 18.4.6.1  Pad Configuration
          1. 18.4.6.1.1 Pad Configuration Registers
            1. 18.4.6.1.1.1 Permanent PU/PD disabling (SR 2.x only)
          2. 18.4.6.1.2 Pull Selection
          3. 18.4.6.1.3 Pad multiplexing
          4. 18.4.6.1.4 IOSETs
          5. 18.4.6.1.5 Virtual IO Timing Modes
          6. 18.4.6.1.6 Manual IO Timing Modes
          7. 18.4.6.1.7 Isolation Requirements
          8. 18.4.6.1.8 IO Delay Recalibration
        2. 18.4.6.2  Thermal Management Related Registers
          1. 18.4.6.2.1 Temperature Sensors Control Registers
          2. 18.4.6.2.2 Registers For The Thermal Alert Comparators
          3. 18.4.6.2.3 Thermal Shutdown Comparators
          4. 18.4.6.2.4 Temperature Timestamp Registers
          5. 18.4.6.2.5 Other Thermal Management Related Registers
          6. 18.4.6.2.6 Summary Of The Thermal Management Related Registers
          7. 18.4.6.2.7 ADC Values Versus Temperature
        3. 18.4.6.3  PBIAS Cell And MMC1 I/O Cells Control Registers
        4. 18.4.6.4  IRQ_CROSSBAR Module Functional Description
        5. 18.4.6.5  DMA_CROSSBAR Module Functional Description
        6. 18.4.6.6  SDRAM Initiator Priority Registers
        7. 18.4.6.7  L3_MAIN Initiator Priority Registers
        8. 18.4.6.8  Memory Region Lock Registers
        9. 18.4.6.9  NMI Mapping To Respective Cores
        10. 18.4.6.10 Software Controls for the DDR3 I/O Cells
        11. 18.4.6.11 Reference Voltage for the Device DDR3 Receivers
        12. 18.4.6.12 AVS Class 0 Associated Registers
        13. 18.4.6.13 ABB Associated Registers
        14. 18.4.6.14 Registers For Other Miscellaneous Functions
          1. 18.4.6.14.1 System Boot Status Settings
          2. 18.4.6.14.2 Force MPU Write Nonposted Transactions
          3. 18.4.6.14.3 Firewall Error Status Registers
          4. 18.4.6.14.4 Settings Related To Different Peripheral Modules
      7. 18.4.7 Functional Description Of The Various Register Types In CTRL_MODULE_WKUP Submodule
        1. 18.4.7.1 Registers For Basic EMIF configuration
    5. 18.5 Control Module Register Manual
    6. 18.6 IODELAYCONFIG Module Integration
    7. 18.7 IODELAYCONFIG Module Register Manual
  21. 19Mailbox
    1. 19.1 Mailbox Overview
    2. 19.2 Mailbox Integration
      1. 19.2.1 System MAILBOX Integration
      2. 19.2.2 IVA Mailbox Integration
    3. 19.3 Mailbox Functional Description
      1. 19.3.1 Mailbox Block Diagram
        1. 19.3.1.1 2435
      2. 19.3.2 Mailbox Software Reset
      3. 19.3.3 Mailbox Power Management
      4. 19.3.4 Mailbox Interrupt Requests
      5. 19.3.5 Mailbox Assignment
        1. 19.3.5.1 Description
      6. 19.3.6 Sending and Receiving Messages
        1. 19.3.6.1 Description
      7. 19.3.7 16-Bit Register Access
        1. 19.3.7.1 Description
      8. 19.3.8 Example of Communication
    4. 19.4 Mailbox Programming Guide
      1. 19.4.1 Mailbox Low-level Programming Models
        1. 19.4.1.1 Global Initialization
          1. 19.4.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 19.4.1.1.2 Mailbox Global Initialization
            1. 19.4.1.1.2.1 Main Sequence - Mailbox Global Initialization
        2. 19.4.1.2 Mailbox Operational Modes Configuration
          1. 19.4.1.2.1 Mailbox Processing modes
            1. 19.4.1.2.1.1 Main Sequence - Sending a Message (Polling Method)
            2. 19.4.1.2.1.2 Main Sequence - Sending a Message (Interrupt Method)
            3. 19.4.1.2.1.3 Main Sequence - Receiving a Message (Polling Method)
            4. 19.4.1.2.1.4 Main Sequence - Receiving a Message (Interrupt Method)
        3. 19.4.1.3 Mailbox Events Servicing
          1. 19.4.1.3.1 Events Servicing in Sending Mode
          2. 19.4.1.3.2 Events Servicing in Receiving Mode
    5. 19.5 Mailbox Register Manual
      1. 19.5.1 Mailbox Instance Summary
      2. 19.5.2 Mailbox Registers
        1. 19.5.2.1 Mailbox Register Summary
        2. 19.5.2.2 Mailbox Register Description
  22. 20Memory Management Units
    1. 20.1 MMU Overview
    2. 20.2 MMU Integration
    3. 20.3 MMU Functional Description
      1. 20.3.1 MMU Block Diagram
        1. 20.3.1.1 MMU Address Translation Process
        2. 20.3.1.2 Translation Tables
          1. 20.3.1.2.1 Translation Table Hierarchy
          2. 20.3.1.2.2 First-Level Translation Table
            1. 20.3.1.2.2.1 First-Level Descriptor Format
            2. 20.3.1.2.2.2 First-Level Page Descriptor Format
            3. 20.3.1.2.2.3 First-Level Section Descriptor Format
            4. 20.3.1.2.2.4 Section Translation Summary
            5. 20.3.1.2.2.5 Supersection Translation Summary
          3. 20.3.1.2.3 Two-Level Translation
            1. 20.3.1.2.3.1 Second-Level Descriptor Format
            2. 20.3.1.2.3.2 Small Page Translation Summary
            3. 20.3.1.2.3.3 Large Page Translation Summary
        3. 20.3.1.3 Translation Lookaside Buffer
          1. 20.3.1.3.1 TLB Entry Format
        4. 20.3.1.4 No Translation (Bypass) Regions
      2. 20.3.2 MMU Software Reset
      3. 20.3.3 MMU Power Management
      4. 20.3.4 MMU Interrupt Requests
      5. 20.3.5 MMU Error Handling
    4. 20.4 MMU Low-level Programming Models
      1. 20.4.1 Global Initialization
        1. 20.4.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
        2. 20.4.1.2 MMU Global Initialization
          1. 20.4.1.2.1 Main Sequence - MMU Global Initialization
          2. 20.4.1.2.2 Subsequence - Configure a TLB entry
        3. 20.4.1.3 Operational Modes Configuration
          1. 20.4.1.3.1 Main Sequence - Writing TLB Entries Statically
          2. 20.4.1.3.2 Main Sequence - Protecting TLB Entries
          3. 20.4.1.3.3 Main Sequence - Deleting TLB Entries
          4. 20.4.1.3.4 Main Sequence - Read TLB Entries
    5. 20.5 MMU Register Manual
      1. 20.5.1 MMU Instance Summary
      2. 20.5.2 MMU Registers
        1. 20.5.2.1 MMU Register Summary
        2. 20.5.2.2 MMU Register Description
  23. 21Spinlock
    1. 21.1 Spinlock Overview
    2. 21.2 Spinlock Integration
    3. 21.3 Spinlock Functional Description
      1. 21.3.1 Spinlock Software Reset
      2. 21.3.2 Spinlock Power Management
      3. 21.3.3 About Spinlocks
      4. 21.3.4 Spinlock Functional Operation
    4. 21.4 Spinlock Programming Guide
      1. 21.4.1 Spinlock Low-level Programming Models
        1. 21.4.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
        2. 21.4.1.2 Basic Spinlock Operations
          1. 21.4.1.2.1 Spinlocks Clearing After a System Bug Recovery
          2. 21.4.1.2.2 Take and Release Spinlock
    5. 21.5 Spinlock Register Manual
      1. 21.5.1 Spinlock Instance Summary
      2. 21.5.2 Spinlock Registers
        1. 21.5.2.1 Spinlock Register Summary
        2. 21.5.2.2 Spinlock Register Description
  24. 22Timers
    1. 22.1 Timers Overview
    2. 22.2 General-Purpose Timers
      1. 22.2.1 General-Purpose Timers Overview
        1. 22.2.1.1 GP Timer Features
      2. 22.2.2 GP Timer Environment
        1. 22.2.2.1 GP Timer External System Interface
      3. 22.2.3 GP Timer Integration
      4. 22.2.4 GP Timer Functional Description
        1. 22.2.4.1  GP Timer Block Diagram
        2. 22.2.4.2  TIMER1, TIMER2 and TIMER10 Power Management
          1. 22.2.4.2.1 Wake-Up Capability
        3. 22.2.4.3  Power Management of Other GP Timers
          1. 22.2.4.3.1 Wake-Up Capability
        4. 22.2.4.4  Software Reset
        5. 22.2.4.5  GP Timer Interrupts
        6. 22.2.4.6  Timer Mode Functionality
          1. 22.2.4.6.1 1-ms Tick Generation (Only TIMER1, TIMER2 and TIMER10)
        7. 22.2.4.7  Capture Mode Functionality
        8. 22.2.4.8  Compare Mode Functionality
        9. 22.2.4.9  Prescaler Functionality
        10. 22.2.4.10 Pulse-Width Modulation
        11. 22.2.4.11 Timer Counting Rate
        12. 22.2.4.12 Timer Under Emulation
        13. 22.2.4.13 Accessing GP Timer Registers
          1. 22.2.4.13.1 Writing to Timer Registers
            1. 22.2.4.13.1.1 Write Posting Synchronization Mode
            2. 22.2.4.13.1.2 Write Nonposting Synchronization Mode
          2. 22.2.4.13.2 Reading From Timer Counter Registers
            1. 22.2.4.13.2.1 Read Posted
            2. 22.2.4.13.2.2 Read Non-Posted
        14. 22.2.4.14 Posted Mode Selection
      5. 22.2.5 GP Timer Low-Level Programming Models
        1. 22.2.5.1 Global Initialization
          1. 22.2.5.1.1 Global Initialization of Surrounding Modules
          2. 22.2.5.1.2 GP Timer Module Global Initialization
            1. 22.2.5.1.2.1 Main Sequence – GP Timer Module Global Initialization
        2. 22.2.5.2 Operational Mode Configuration
          1. 22.2.5.2.1 GP Timer Mode
            1. 22.2.5.2.1.1 Main Sequence – GP Timer Mode Configuration
          2. 22.2.5.2.2 GP Timer Compare Mode
            1. 22.2.5.2.2.1 Main Sequence – GP Timer Compare Mode Configuration
          3. 22.2.5.2.3 GP Timer Capture Mode
            1. 22.2.5.2.3.1 Main Sequence – GP Timer Capture Mode Configuration
            2. 22.2.5.2.3.2 Subsequence – Initialize Capture Mode
            3. 22.2.5.2.3.3 Subsequence – Detect Event
          4. 22.2.5.2.4 GP Timer PWM Mode
            1. 22.2.5.2.4.1 Main Sequence – GP Timer PWM Mode Configuration
      6. 22.2.6 GP Timer Register Manual
        1. 22.2.6.1 GP Timer Instance Summary
        2. 22.2.6.2 GP Timer Registers
          1. 22.2.6.2.1 GP Timer Register Summary
          2. 22.2.6.2.2 GP Timer Register Description
          3. 22.2.6.2.3 TIMER1, TIMER2, and TIMER10 Register Description
    3. 22.3 32-kHz Synchronized Timer (COUNTER_32K)
      1. 22.3.1 32-kHz Synchronized Timer Overview
        1. 22.3.1.1 32-kHz Synchronized Timer Features
      2. 22.3.2 32-kHz Synchronized Timer Integration
      3. 22.3.3 32-kHz Synchronized Timer Functional Description
        1. 22.3.3.1 Reading the 32-kHz Synchronized Timer
      4. 22.3.4 COUNTER_32K Timer Register Manual
        1. 22.3.4.1 COUNTER_32K Timer Register Mapping Summary
        2. 22.3.4.2 COUNTER_32K Timer Register Description
    4. 22.4 Watchdog Timer
      1. 22.4.1 Watchdog Timer Overview
        1. 22.4.1.1 Watchdog Timer Features
      2. 22.4.2 Watchdog Timer Integration
      3. 22.4.3 Watchdog Timer Functional Description
        1. 22.4.3.1  Power Management
          1. 22.4.3.1.1 Wake-Up Capability
        2. 22.4.3.2  Interrupts
        3. 22.4.3.3  General Watchdog Timer Operation
        4. 22.4.3.4  Reset Context
        5. 22.4.3.5  Overflow/Reset Generation
        6. 22.4.3.6  Prescaler Value/Timer Reset Frequency
        7. 22.4.3.7  Triggering a Timer Reload
        8. 22.4.3.8  Start/Stop Sequence for Watchdog Timer (Using the WSPR Register)
        9. 22.4.3.9  Modifying Timer Count/Load Values and Prescaler Setting
        10. 22.4.3.10 Watchdog Counter Register Access Restriction (WCRR)
        11. 22.4.3.11 Watchdog Timer Interrupt Generation
        12. 22.4.3.12 Watchdog Timer Under Emulation
        13. 22.4.3.13 Accessing Watchdog Timer Registers
      4. 22.4.4 Watchdog Timer Low-Level Programming Model
        1. 22.4.4.1 Global Initialization
          1. 22.4.4.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 22.4.4.1.2 Watchdog Timer Module Global Initialization
            1. 22.4.4.1.2.1 Main Sequence – Watchdog Timer Module Global Initialization
        2. 22.4.4.2 Operational Mode Configuration
          1. 22.4.4.2.1 Watchdog Timer Basic Configuration
            1. 22.4.4.2.1.1 Main Sequence – Watchdog Timer Basic Configuration
            2. 22.4.4.2.1.2 Subsequence – Disable the Watchdog Timer
            3. 22.4.4.2.1.3 Subsequence – Enable the Watchdog Timer
      5. 22.4.5 Watchdog Timer Register Manual
        1. 22.4.5.1 Watchdog Timer Instance Summary
        2. 22.4.5.2 Watchdog Timer Registers
          1. 22.4.5.2.1 Watchdog Timer Register Summary
          2. 22.4.5.2.2 2622
          3. 22.4.5.2.3 Watchdog Timer Register Description
  25. 23Real-Time Clock (RTC)
    1. 23.1 RTC Overview
      1. 23.1.1 RTC Features
    2. 23.2 RTC Environment
      1. 23.2.1 RTC External Interface
    3. 23.3 RTC Integration
    4. 23.4 RTC Functional Description
      1. 23.4.1 Clock Source
      2. 23.4.2 Interrupt Support
        1. 23.4.2.1 CPU Interrupts
        2. 23.4.2.2 Interrupt Description
          1. 23.4.2.2.1 Timer Interrupt (timer_intr)
          2. 23.4.2.2.2 Alarm Interrupt (alarm_intr)
      3. 23.4.3 RTC Programming/Usage Guide
        1. 23.4.3.1 Time/Calendar Data Format
        2. 23.4.3.2 Register Access
        3. 23.4.3.3 Register Spurious Write Protection
        4. 23.4.3.4 Reading the Timer/Calendar (TC) Registers
          1. 23.4.3.4.1 Rounding Seconds
        5. 23.4.3.5 Modifying the TC Registers
          1. 23.4.3.5.1 General Registers
        6. 23.4.3.6 Crystal Compensation
      4. 23.4.4 Scratch Registers
      5. 23.4.5 Debouncing
      6. 23.4.6 Power Management
        1. 23.4.6.1 Device-Level Power Management
        2. 23.4.6.2 Subsystem-Level Power Management — PMIC Mode
    5. 23.5 RTC Low-Level Programming Guide
      1. 23.5.1 Global Initialization
        1. 23.5.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
        2. 23.5.1.2 RTC Module Global Initialization
          1. 23.5.1.2.1 Main Sequence – RTC Module Global Initialization
    6. 23.6 RTC Register Manual
      1. 23.6.1 RTC Instance Summary
      2. 23.6.2 RTC_SS Registers
        1. 23.6.2.1 RTC_SS Register Summary
        2. 23.6.2.2 RTC_SS Register Description
  26. 24Serial Communication Interfaces
    1. 24.1  Multimaster High-Speed I2C Controller
      1. 24.1.1 HS I2C Overview
      2. 24.1.2 HS I2C Environment
        1. 24.1.2.1 HS I2C Typical Application
          1. 24.1.2.1.1 HS I2C Pins for Typical Connections in I2C Mode
          2. 24.1.2.1.2 HS I2C Interface Typical Connections
          3. 24.1.2.1.3 2668
        2. 24.1.2.2 HS I2C Typical Connection Protocol and Data Format
          1. 24.1.2.2.1  HS I2C Serial Data Format
          2. 24.1.2.2.2  HS I2C Data Validity
          3. 24.1.2.2.3  HS I2C Start and Stop Conditions
          4. 24.1.2.2.4  HS I2C Addressing
            1. 24.1.2.2.4.1 Data Transfer Formats in F/S Mode
            2. 24.1.2.2.4.2 Data Transfer Format in HS Mode
          5. 24.1.2.2.5  HS I2C Master Transmitter
          6. 24.1.2.2.6  HS I2C Master Receiver
          7. 24.1.2.2.7  HS I2C Slave Transmitter
          8. 24.1.2.2.8  HS I2C Slave Receiver
          9. 24.1.2.2.9  HS I2C Bus Arbitration
          10. 24.1.2.2.10 HS I2C Clock Generation and Synchronization
      3. 24.1.3 HS I2C Integration
      4. 24.1.4 HS I2C Functional Description
        1. 24.1.4.1  HS I2C Block Diagram
        2. 24.1.4.2  HS I2C Clocks
          1. 24.1.4.2.1 HS I2C Clocking
          2. 24.1.4.2.2 HS I2C Automatic Blocking of the I2C Clock Feature
        3. 24.1.4.3  HS I2C Software Reset
        4. 24.1.4.4  HS I2C Power Management
        5. 24.1.4.5  HS I2C Interrupt Requests
        6. 24.1.4.6  HS I2C DMA Requests
        7. 24.1.4.7  HS I2C Programmable Multislave Channel Feature
        8. 24.1.4.8  HS I2C FIFO Management
          1. 24.1.4.8.1 HS I2C FIFO Interrupt Mode
          2. 24.1.4.8.2 HS I2C FIFO Polling Mode
          3. 24.1.4.8.3 HS I2C FIFO DMA Mode
          4. 24.1.4.8.4 HS I2C Draining Feature
        9. 24.1.4.9  HS I2C Noise Filter
        10. 24.1.4.10 HS I2C System Test Mode
      5. 24.1.5 HS I2C Programming Guide
        1. 24.1.5.1 HS I2C Low-Level Programming Models
          1. 24.1.5.1.1 HS I2C Programming Model
            1. 24.1.5.1.1.1 Main Program
              1. 24.1.5.1.1.1.1 Configure the Module Before Enabling the I2C Controller
              2. 24.1.5.1.1.1.2 Initialize the I2C Controller
              3. 24.1.5.1.1.1.3 Configure Slave Address and the Data Control Register
              4. 24.1.5.1.1.1.4 Initiate a Transfer
              5. 24.1.5.1.1.1.5 Receive Data
              6. 24.1.5.1.1.1.6 Transmit Data
            2. 24.1.5.1.1.2 Interrupt Subroutine Sequence
            3. 24.1.5.1.1.3 Programming Flow-Diagrams
      6. 24.1.6 HS I2C Register Manual
        1. 24.1.6.1 HS I2C Instance Summary
        2. 24.1.6.2 HS I2C Registers
          1. 24.1.6.2.1 HS I2C Register Summary
          2. 24.1.6.2.2 HS I2C Register Description
    2. 24.2  HDQ/1-Wire
      1. 24.2.1 HDQ1W Overview
      2. 24.2.2 HDQ1W Environment
        1. 24.2.2.1 HDQ1W Functional Modes
        2. 24.2.2.2 HDQ and 1-Wire (SDQ) Protocols
          1. 24.2.2.2.1 HDQ Protocol Initialization (Default)
          2. 24.2.2.2.2 1-Wire (SDQ) Protocol Initialization
          3. 24.2.2.2.3 Communication Sequence (HDQ and 1-Wire Protocols)
      3. 24.2.3 HDQ1W Integration
      4. 24.2.4 HDQ1W Functional Description
        1. 24.2.4.1 HDQ1W Block Diagram
        2. 24.2.4.2 HDQ1W Clocking Configuration
          1. 24.2.4.2.1 HDQ1W Clocks
        3. 24.2.4.3 HDQ1W Hardware and Software Reset
        4. 24.2.4.4 HDQ1W Power Management
          1. 24.2.4.4.1 Auto-Idle Mode
          2. 24.2.4.4.2 Power-Down Mode
          3. 24.2.4.4.3 2734
        5. 24.2.4.5 HDQ Interrupt Requests
        6. 24.2.4.6 HDQ Mode (Default)
          1. 24.2.4.6.1 HDQ Mode Features
          2. 24.2.4.6.2 Description
          3. 24.2.4.6.3 Single-Bit Mode
          4. 24.2.4.6.4 Interrupt Conditions
        7. 24.2.4.7 1-Wire Mode
          1. 24.2.4.7.1 1-Wire Mode Features
          2. 24.2.4.7.2 Description
          3. 24.2.4.7.3 1-Wire Single-Bit Mode Operation
          4. 24.2.4.7.4 Interrupt Conditions
          5. 24.2.4.7.5 Status Flags
        8. 24.2.4.8 BITFSM Delay
      5. 24.2.5 HDQ1W Low-Level Programming Model
        1. 24.2.5.1 Global Initialization
          1. 24.2.5.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 24.2.5.1.2 HDQ1W Module Global Initialization
        2. 24.2.5.2 HDQ Operational Modes Configuration
          1. 24.2.5.2.1 Main Sequence - HDQ Write Operation Mode
          2. 24.2.5.2.2 Main Sequence - HDQ Read Operation Mode
            1. 24.2.5.2.2.1 Sub-sequence - Initialize HDQ Slave
        3. 24.2.5.3 1-Wire Operational Modes Configuration
          1. 24.2.5.3.1 Main Sequence - 1-Wire Write Operation Mode
          2. 24.2.5.3.2 Main Sequence - 1-Wire Read Operation Mode
          3. 24.2.5.3.3 Sub-sequence - Initialize 1-Wire Slave
      6. 24.2.6 HDQ1W Register Manual
        1. 24.2.6.1 HDQ1W Instance Summary
        2. 24.2.6.2 HDQ1W Registers
          1. 24.2.6.2.1 HDQ1W Register Summary
          2. 24.2.6.2.2 HDQ1W Register Description
    3. 24.3  UART/IrDA/CIR
      1. 24.3.1 UART/IrDA/CIR Overview
        1. 24.3.1.1 UART Features
        2. 24.3.1.2 IrDA Features
        3. 24.3.1.3 CIR Features
      2. 24.3.2 UART/IrDA/CIR Environment
        1. 24.3.2.1 UART Interface
          1. 24.3.2.1.1 System Using UART Communication With Hardware Handshake
          2. 24.3.2.1.2 UART Interface Description
          3. 24.3.2.1.3 UART Protocol and Data Format
        2. 24.3.2.2 IrDA Functional Interfaces
          1. 24.3.2.2.1 System Using IrDA Communication Protocol
          2. 24.3.2.2.2 IrDA Interface Description
          3. 24.3.2.2.3 IrDA Protocol and Data Format
            1. 24.3.2.2.3.1 SIR Mode
              1. 24.3.2.2.3.1.1 Frame Format
              2. 24.3.2.2.3.1.2 Asynchronous Transparency
              3. 24.3.2.2.3.1.3 Abort Sequence
              4. 24.3.2.2.3.1.4 Pulse Shaping
              5. 24.3.2.2.3.1.5 Encoder
              6. 24.3.2.2.3.1.6 Decoder
              7. 24.3.2.2.3.1.7 IR Address Checking
            2. 24.3.2.2.3.2 SIR Free-Format Mode
            3. 24.3.2.2.3.3 MIR Mode
              1. 24.3.2.2.3.3.1 MIR Encoder/Decoder
              2. 24.3.2.2.3.3.2 SIP Generation
            4. 24.3.2.2.3.4 FIR Mode
        3. 24.3.2.3 CIR Functional Interfaces
          1. 24.3.2.3.1 System Using CIR Communication Protocol With Remote Control
          2. 24.3.2.3.2 CIR Interface Description
          3. 24.3.2.3.3 CIR Protocol and Data Format
            1. 24.3.2.3.3.1 Carrier Modulation
            2. 24.3.2.3.3.2 Pulse Duty Cycle
            3. 24.3.2.3.3.3 Consumer IR Encoding/Decoding
      3. 24.3.3 UART/IrDA/CIR Integration
        1. 24.3.3.1 2800
      4. 24.3.4 UART/IrDA/CIR Functional Description
        1. 24.3.4.1 Block Diagram
        2. 24.3.4.2 Clock Configuration
        3. 24.3.4.3 Software Reset
        4. 24.3.4.4 Power Management
          1. 24.3.4.4.1 UART Mode Power Management
            1. 24.3.4.4.1.1 Module Power Saving
            2. 24.3.4.4.1.2 System Power Saving
          2. 24.3.4.4.2 IrDA Mode Power Management (UART3 Only)
            1. 24.3.4.4.2.1 Module Power Saving
            2. 24.3.4.4.2.2 System Power Saving
          3. 24.3.4.4.3 CIR Mode Power Management (UART3 Only)
            1. 24.3.4.4.3.1 Module Power Saving
            2. 24.3.4.4.3.2 System Power Saving
          4. 24.3.4.4.4 Local Power Management
        5. 24.3.4.5 Interrupt Requests
          1. 24.3.4.5.1 UART Mode Interrupt Management
            1. 24.3.4.5.1.1 UART Interrupts
            2. 24.3.4.5.1.2 Wake-Up Interrupt
          2. 24.3.4.5.2 IrDA Mode Interrupt Management
            1. 24.3.4.5.2.1 IrDA Interrupts
            2. 24.3.4.5.2.2 Wake-Up Interrupts
          3. 24.3.4.5.3 CIR Mode Interrupt Management
            1. 24.3.4.5.3.1 CIR Interrupts
            2. 24.3.4.5.3.2 Wake-Up Interrupts
        6. 24.3.4.6 FIFO Management
          1. 24.3.4.6.1 FIFO Trigger
            1. 24.3.4.6.1.1 Transmit FIFO Trigger
            2. 24.3.4.6.1.2 Receive FIFO Trigger
          2. 24.3.4.6.2 FIFO Interrupt Mode
          3. 24.3.4.6.3 FIFO Polled Mode Operation
          4. 24.3.4.6.4 FIFO DMA Mode Operation
            1. 24.3.4.6.4.1 DMA sequence to disable TX DMA
            2. 24.3.4.6.4.2 DMA Transfers (DMA Mode 1, 2, or 3)
            3. 24.3.4.6.4.3 DMA Transmission
            4. 24.3.4.6.4.4 DMA Reception
        7. 24.3.4.7 Mode Selection
          1. 24.3.4.7.1 Register Access Modes
            1. 24.3.4.7.1.1 Operational Mode and Configuration Modes
            2. 24.3.4.7.1.2 Register Access Submode
            3. 24.3.4.7.1.3 Registers Available for the Register Access Modes
          2. 24.3.4.7.2 UART/IrDA (SIR, MIR, FIR)/CIR Mode Selection
            1. 24.3.4.7.2.1 Registers Available for the UART Function
            2. 24.3.4.7.2.2 Registers Available for the IrDA Function (UART3 Only)
            3. 24.3.4.7.2.3 Registers Available for the CIR Function (UART3 Only)
        8. 24.3.4.8 Protocol Formatting
          1. 24.3.4.8.1 UART Mode
            1. 24.3.4.8.1.1 UART Clock Generation: Baud Rate Generation
            2. 24.3.4.8.1.2 Choosing the Appropriate Divisor Value
            3. 24.3.4.8.1.3 UART Data Formatting
              1. 24.3.4.8.1.3.1 Frame Formatting
              2. 24.3.4.8.1.3.2 Hardware Flow Control
              3. 24.3.4.8.1.3.3 Software Flow Control
                1. 24.3.4.8.1.3.3.1 Receive (RX)
                2. 24.3.4.8.1.3.3.2 Transmit (TX)
              4. 24.3.4.8.1.3.4 Autobauding Modes
              5. 24.3.4.8.1.3.5 Error Detection
              6. 24.3.4.8.1.3.6 Overrun During Receive
              7. 24.3.4.8.1.3.7 Time-Out and Break Conditions
                1. 24.3.4.8.1.3.7.1 Time-Out Counter
                2. 24.3.4.8.1.3.7.2 Break Condition
          2. 24.3.4.8.2 IrDA Mode (UART3 Only)
            1. 24.3.4.8.2.1 IrDA Clock Generation: Baud Generator
            2. 24.3.4.8.2.2 Choosing the Appropriate Divisor Value
            3. 24.3.4.8.2.3 IrDA Data Formatting
              1. 24.3.4.8.2.3.1 IR RX Polarity Control
              2. 24.3.4.8.2.3.2 IrDA Reception Control
              3. 24.3.4.8.2.3.3 IR Address Checking
              4. 24.3.4.8.2.3.4 Frame Closing
              5. 24.3.4.8.2.3.5 Store and Controlled Transmission
              6. 24.3.4.8.2.3.6 Error Detection
              7. 24.3.4.8.2.3.7 Underrun During Transmission
              8. 24.3.4.8.2.3.8 Overrun During Receive
              9. 24.3.4.8.2.3.9 Status FIFO
            4. 24.3.4.8.2.4 SIR Mode Data Formatting
              1. 24.3.4.8.2.4.1 Abort Sequence
              2. 24.3.4.8.2.4.2 Pulse Shaping
              3. 24.3.4.8.2.4.3 SIR Free Format Programming
            5. 24.3.4.8.2.5 MIR and FIR Mode Data Formatting
          3. 24.3.4.8.3 CIR Mode (UART3 Only)
            1. 24.3.4.8.3.1 CIR Mode Clock Generation
            2. 24.3.4.8.3.2 CIR Data Formatting
              1. 24.3.4.8.3.2.1 IR RX Polarity Control
              2. 24.3.4.8.3.2.2 CIR Transmission
      5. 24.3.5 UART/IrDA/CIR Basic Programming Model
        1. 24.3.5.1 Global Initialization
          1. 24.3.5.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 24.3.5.1.2 UART/IrDA/CIR Module Global Initialization
        2. 24.3.5.2 Mode selection
        3. 24.3.5.3 Submode selection
        4. 24.3.5.4 Load FIFO trigger and DMA mode settings
          1. 24.3.5.4.1 DMA mode Settings
          2. 24.3.5.4.2 FIFO Trigger Settings
        5. 24.3.5.5 Protocol, Baud rate and interrupt settings
          1. 24.3.5.5.1 Baud rate settings
          2. 24.3.5.5.2 Interrupt settings
          3. 24.3.5.5.3 Protocol settings
          4. 24.3.5.5.4 UART/IrDA(SIR/MIR/FIR)/CIR
        6. 24.3.5.6 Hardware and Software Flow Control Configuration
          1. 24.3.5.6.1 Hardware Flow Control Configuration
          2. 24.3.5.6.2 Software Flow Control Configuration
        7. 24.3.5.7 IrDA Programming Model (UART3 Only)
          1. 24.3.5.7.1 SIR mode
            1. 24.3.5.7.1.1 Receive
            2. 24.3.5.7.1.2 Transmit
          2. 24.3.5.7.2 MIR mode
            1. 24.3.5.7.2.1 Receive
            2. 24.3.5.7.2.2 Transmit
          3. 24.3.5.7.3 FIR mode
            1. 24.3.5.7.3.1 Receive
            2. 24.3.5.7.3.2 Transmit
      6. 24.3.6 UART/IrDA/CIR Register Manual
        1. 24.3.6.1 UART/IrDA/CIR Instance Summary
        2. 24.3.6.2 UART/IrDA/CIR Registers
          1. 24.3.6.2.1 UART/IrDA/CIR Register Summary
          2. 24.3.6.2.2 UART/IrDA/CIR Register Description
    4. 24.4  Multichannel Serial Peripheral Interface
      1. 24.4.1 McSPI Overview
      2. 24.4.2 McSPI Environment
        1. 24.4.2.1 Basic McSPI Pins for Master Mode
        2. 24.4.2.2 Basic McSPI Pins for Slave Mode
        3. 24.4.2.3 Multichannel SPI Protocol and Data Format
          1. 24.4.2.3.1 Transfer Format
        4. 24.4.2.4 SPI in Master Mode
        5. 24.4.2.5 SPI in Slave Mode
      3. 24.4.3 McSPI Integration
      4. 24.4.4 McSPI Functional Description
        1. 24.4.4.1 McSPI Block Diagram
        2. 24.4.4.2 Reset
        3. 24.4.4.3 Master Mode
          1. 24.4.4.3.1 Master Mode Features
          2. 24.4.4.3.2 Master Transmit-and-Receive Mode (Full Duplex)
          3. 24.4.4.3.3 Master Transmit-Only Mode (Half Duplex)
          4. 24.4.4.3.4 Master Receive-Only Mode (Half Duplex)
          5. 24.4.4.3.5 Single-Channel Master Mode
            1. 24.4.4.3.5.1 Programming Tips When Switching to Another Channel
            2. 24.4.4.3.5.2 Force SPIEN[x] Mode
            3. 24.4.4.3.5.3 Turbo Mode
          6. 24.4.4.3.6 Start-Bit Mode
          7. 24.4.4.3.7 Chip-Select Timing Control
          8. 24.4.4.3.8 Programmable SPI Clock
            1. 24.4.4.3.8.1 Clock Ratio Granularity
        4. 24.4.4.4 Slave Mode
          1. 24.4.4.4.1 Dedicated Resources
          2. 24.4.4.4.2 Slave Transmit-and-Receive Mode
          3. 24.4.4.4.3 Slave Transmit-Only Mode
          4. 24.4.4.4.4 Slave Receive-Only Mode
        5. 24.4.4.5 3-Pin or 4-Pin Mode
        6. 24.4.4.6 FIFO Buffer Management
          1. 24.4.4.6.1 Buffer Almost Full
          2. 24.4.4.6.2 Buffer Almost Empty
          3. 24.4.4.6.3 End of Transfer Management
        7. 24.4.4.7 Interrupts
          1. 24.4.4.7.1 Interrupt Events in Master Mode
            1. 24.4.4.7.1.1 TXx_EMPTY
            2. 24.4.4.7.1.2 TXx_UNDERFLOW
            3. 24.4.4.7.1.3 RXx_ FULL
            4. 24.4.4.7.1.4 End Of Word Count
          2. 24.4.4.7.2 Interrupt Events in Slave Mode
            1. 24.4.4.7.2.1 TXx_EMPTY
            2. 24.4.4.7.2.2 TXx_UNDERFLOW
            3. 24.4.4.7.2.3 RXx_FULL
            4. 24.4.4.7.2.4 RX0_OVERFLOW
            5. 24.4.4.7.2.5 End Of Word Count
          3. 24.4.4.7.3 Interrupt-Driven Operation
          4. 24.4.4.7.4 Polling
        8. 24.4.4.8 DMA Requests
        9. 24.4.4.9 Power Saving Management
          1. 24.4.4.9.1 Normal Mode
          2. 24.4.4.9.2 Idle Mode
            1. 24.4.4.9.2.1 Wake-Up Event in Smart-Idle Mode
            2. 24.4.4.9.2.2 Transitions From Smart-Idle Mode to Normal Mode
            3. 24.4.4.9.2.3 Force-Idle Mode
      5. 24.4.5 McSPI Programming Guide
        1. 24.4.5.1 Global Initialization
          1. 24.4.5.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 24.4.5.1.2 McSPI Global Initialization
            1. 24.4.5.1.2.1 Main Sequence – McSPI Global Initialization
        2. 24.4.5.2 Operational Mode Configuration
          1. 24.4.5.2.1 McSPI Operational Modes
            1. 24.4.5.2.1.1 Common Transfer Sequence
            2. 24.4.5.2.1.2 End of Transfer Sequences
            3. 24.4.5.2.1.3 Transmit-and-Receive (Master and Slave)
            4. 24.4.5.2.1.4 Transmit-Only (Master and Slave)
              1. 24.4.5.2.1.4.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
              2. 24.4.5.2.1.4.2 Based on DMA Write Requests
            5. 24.4.5.2.1.5 Master Normal Receive-Only
              1. 24.4.5.2.1.5.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
              2. 24.4.5.2.1.5.2 Based on DMA Read Requests
            6. 24.4.5.2.1.6 Master Turbo Receive-Only
              1. 24.4.5.2.1.6.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
              2. 24.4.5.2.1.6.2 Based on DMA Read Requests
            7. 24.4.5.2.1.7 Slave Receive-Only
            8. 24.4.5.2.1.8 Transfer Procedures With FIFO
              1. 24.4.5.2.1.8.1 Common Transfer Sequence in FIFO Mode
              2. 24.4.5.2.1.8.2 End of Transfer Sequences in FIFO Mode
              3. 24.4.5.2.1.8.3 Transmit-and-Receive With Word Count
              4. 24.4.5.2.1.8.4 Transmit-and-Receive Without Word Count
              5. 24.4.5.2.1.8.5 Transmit-Only
              6. 24.4.5.2.1.8.6 Receive-Only With Word Count
              7. 24.4.5.2.1.8.7 Receive-Only Without Word Count
        3. 24.4.5.3 Common Transfer Procedures Without FIFO – Polling Method
          1. 24.4.5.3.1 Receive-Only Procedure – Polling Method
          2. 24.4.5.3.2 Receive-Only Procedure – Interrupt Method
          3. 24.4.5.3.3 Transmit-Only Procedure – Polling Method
          4. 24.4.5.3.4 Transmit-and-Receive Procedure – Polling Method
      6. 24.4.6 McSPI Register Manual
        1. 24.4.6.1 McSPI Instance Summary
        2. 24.4.6.2 McSPI Registers
          1. 24.4.6.2.1 McSPI Register Summary
          2. 24.4.6.2.2 McSPI Register Description
    5. 24.5  Quad Serial Peripheral Interface
      1. 24.5.1 Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Overview
      2. 24.5.2 QSPI Environment
      3. 24.5.3 QSPI Integration
      4. 24.5.4 QSPI Functional Description
        1. 24.5.4.1 QSPI Block Diagram
          1. 24.5.4.1.1 SFI Register Control
          2. 24.5.4.1.2 SFI Translator
          3. 24.5.4.1.3 SPI Control Interface
          4. 24.5.4.1.4 SPI Clock Generator
          5. 24.5.4.1.5 SPI Control State-Machine
          6. 24.5.4.1.6 SPI Data Shifter
        2. 24.5.4.2 QSPI Clock Configuration
        3. 24.5.4.3 QSPI Interrupt Requests
        4. 24.5.4.4 QSPI Memory Regions
      5. 24.5.5 QSPI Register Manual
        1. 24.5.5.1 QSPI Instance Summary
        2. 24.5.5.2 QSPI registers
          1. 24.5.5.2.1 QSPI Register Summary
          2. 24.5.5.2.2 QSPI Register Description
    6. 24.6  Multichannel Audio Serial Port
      1. 24.6.1 McASP Overview
      2. 24.6.2 McASP Environment
        1. 24.6.2.1 McASP Signals
        2. 24.6.2.2 Protocols and Data Formats
          1. 24.6.2.2.1 Protocols Supported
          2. 24.6.2.2.2 Definition of Terms
          3. 24.6.2.2.3 TDM Format
          4. 24.6.2.2.4 I2S Format
          5. 24.6.2.2.5 S/PDIF Coding Format
            1. 24.6.2.2.5.1 Biphase-Mark Code
            2. 24.6.2.2.5.2 S/PDIF Subframe Format
            3. 24.6.2.2.5.3 Frame Format
      3. 24.6.3 McASP Integration
      4. 24.6.4 McASP Functional Description
        1. 24.6.4.1  McASP Block Diagram
        2. 24.6.4.2  McASP Clock and Frame-Sync Configurations
          1. 24.6.4.2.1 McASP Transmit Clock
          2. 24.6.4.2.2 McASP Receive Clock
          3. 24.6.4.2.3 Frame-Sync Generator
          4. 24.6.4.2.4 Synchronous and Asynchronous Transmit and Receive Operations
        3. 24.6.4.3  Serializers
        4. 24.6.4.4  Format Units
          1. 24.6.4.4.1 Transmit Format Unit
            1. 24.6.4.4.1.1 TDM Mode Transmission Data Alignment Settings
            2. 24.6.4.4.1.2 DIT Mode Transmission Data Alignment Settings
          2. 24.6.4.4.2 Receive Format Unit
            1. 24.6.4.4.2.1 TDM Mode Reception Data Alignment Settings
        5. 24.6.4.5  State-Machines
        6. 24.6.4.6  TDM Sequencers
        7. 24.6.4.7  McASP Software Reset
        8. 24.6.4.8  McASP Power Management
        9. 24.6.4.9  Transfer Modes
          1. 24.6.4.9.1 Burst Transfer Mode
          2. 24.6.4.9.2 Time-Division Multiplexed (TDM) Transfer Mode
            1. 24.6.4.9.2.1 TDM Time Slots Generation and Processing
            2. 24.6.4.9.2.2 Special 384-Slot TDM Mode for Connection to External DIR
          3. 24.6.4.9.3 DIT Transfer Mode
            1. 24.6.4.9.3.1 Transmit DIT Encoding
            2. 24.6.4.9.3.2 Transmit DIT Clock and Frame-Sync Generation
            3. 24.6.4.9.3.3 DIT Channel Status and User Data Register Files
        10. 24.6.4.10 Data Transmission and Reception
          1. 24.6.4.10.1 Data Ready Status and Event/Interrupt Generation
            1. 24.6.4.10.1.1 Transmit Data Ready
            2. 24.6.4.10.1.2 Receive Data Ready
            3. 24.6.4.10.1.3 Transfers Through the Data Port (DATA)
            4. 24.6.4.10.1.4 Transfers Through the Configuration Bus (CFG)
            5. 24.6.4.10.1.5 Using a Device CPU for McASP Servicing
            6. 24.6.4.10.1.6 Using the DMA for McASP Servicing
        11. 24.6.4.11 McASP Audio FIFO (AFIFO)
          1. 24.6.4.11.1 AFIFO Data Transmission
            1. 24.6.4.11.1.1 Transmit DMA Event Pacer
          2. 24.6.4.11.2 AFIFO Data Reception
            1. 24.6.4.11.2.1 Receive DMA Event Pacer
          3. 24.6.4.11.3 Arbitration Between Transmit and Receive DMA Requests
        12. 24.6.4.12 McASP Events and Interrupt Requests
          1. 24.6.4.12.1 Transmit Data Ready Event and Interrupt
          2. 24.6.4.12.2 Receive Data Ready Event and Interrupt
          3. 24.6.4.12.3 Error Interrupt
          4. 24.6.4.12.4 Multiple Interrupts
        13. 24.6.4.13 DMA Requests
        14. 24.6.4.14 Loopback Modes
          1. 24.6.4.14.1 Loopback Mode Configurations
        15. 24.6.4.15 Error Reporting
          1. 24.6.4.15.1 Buffer Underrun Error -Transmitter
          2. 24.6.4.15.2 Buffer Overrun Error-Receiver
          3. 24.6.4.15.3 DATA Port Error - Transmitter
          4. 24.6.4.15.4 DATA Port Error - Receiver
          5. 24.6.4.15.5 Unexpected Frame Sync Error
          6. 24.6.4.15.6 Clock Failure Detection
            1. 24.6.4.15.6.1 Clock Failure Check Startup
            2. 24.6.4.15.6.2 Transmit Clock Failure Check and Recovery
            3. 24.6.4.15.6.3 Receive Clock Failure Check and Recovery
      5. 24.6.5 McASP Low-Level Programming Model
        1. 24.6.5.1 Global Initialization
          1. 24.6.5.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 24.6.5.1.2 McASP Global Initialization
            1. 24.6.5.1.2.1 Main Sequence – McASP Global Initialization for DIT-Transmission
              1. 24.6.5.1.2.1.1 Subsequence – Transmit Format Unit Configuration for DIT-Transmission
              2. 24.6.5.1.2.1.2 Subsequence – Transmit Frame Synchronization Generator Configuration for DIT-Transmission
              3. 24.6.5.1.2.1.3 Subsequence – Transmit Clock Generator Configuration for DIT-Transmission
              4. 24.6.5.1.2.1.4 Subsequence - McASP Pins Functional Configuration
              5. 24.6.5.1.2.1.5 Subsequence – DIT-specific Subframe Fields Configuration
            2. 24.6.5.1.2.2 Main Sequence – McASP Global Initialization for TDM-Reception
              1. 24.6.5.1.2.2.1 Subsequence – Receive Format Unit Configuration in TDM Mode
              2. 24.6.5.1.2.2.2 Subsequence – Receive Frame Synchronization Generator Configuration in TDM Mode
              3. 24.6.5.1.2.2.3 Subsequence – Receive Clock Generator Configuration
              4. 24.6.5.1.2.2.4 Subsequence—McASP Receiver Pins Functional Configuration
            3. 24.6.5.1.2.3 Main Sequence – McASP Global Initialization for TDM -Transmission
              1. 24.6.5.1.2.3.1 Subsequence – Transmit Format Unit Configuration in TDM Mode
              2. 24.6.5.1.2.3.2 Subsequence – Transmit Frame Synchronization Generator Configuration in TDM Mode
              3. 24.6.5.1.2.3.3 Subsequence – Transmit Clock Generator Configuration for TDM Cases
              4. 24.6.5.1.2.3.4 Subsequence—McASP Transmit Pins Functional Configuration
        2. 24.6.5.2 Operational Modes Configuration
          1. 24.6.5.2.1 McASP Transmission Modes
            1. 24.6.5.2.1.1 Main Sequence – McASP DIT- /TDM- Polling Transmission Method
            2. 24.6.5.2.1.2 Main Sequence – McASP DIT- /TDM - Interrupt Transmission Method
            3. 24.6.5.2.1.3 Main Sequence –McASP DIT- /TDM - Mode DMA Transmission Method
          2. 24.6.5.2.2 McASP Reception Modes
            1. 24.6.5.2.2.1 Main Sequence – McASP Polling Reception Method
            2. 24.6.5.2.2.2 Main Sequence – McASP TDM - Interrupt Reception Method
            3. 24.6.5.2.2.3 Main Sequence – McASP TDM - Mode DMA Reception Method
          3. 24.6.5.2.3 McASP Event Servicing
            1. 24.6.5.2.3.1 McASP DIT-/TDM- Transmit Interrupt Events Servicing
            2. 24.6.5.2.3.2 McASP TDM- Receive Interrupt Events Servicing
            3. 24.6.5.2.3.3 3137
            4. 24.6.5.2.3.4 Subsequence – McASP DIT-/TDM -Modes Transmit Error Handling
            5. 24.6.5.2.3.5 Subsequence – McASP Receive Error Handling
      6. 24.6.6 McASP Register Manual
        1. 24.6.6.1 McASP Instance Summary
        2. 24.6.6.2 McASP Registers
          1. 24.6.6.2.1 MCASP_CFG Register Summary
          2. 24.6.6.2.2 MCASP_CFG Register Description
          3. 24.6.6.2.3 MCASP_AFIFO Register Summary
          4. 24.6.6.2.4 MCASP_AFIFO Register Description
          5. 24.6.6.2.5 MCASP_DAT Register Summary
          6. 24.6.6.2.6 MCASP_DAT Register Description
    7. 24.7  SuperSpeed USB DRD
      1. 24.7.1 SuperSpeed USB DRD Subsystem Overview
        1. 24.7.1.1 Main Features
        2. 24.7.1.2 Unsupported Features
      2. 24.7.2 SuperSpeed USB DRD Subsystem Environment
        1. 24.7.2.1 SuperSpeed USB DRD Subsystem I/O Interfaces
        2. 24.7.2.2 SuperSpeed USB Subsystem Application
      3. 24.7.3 SuperSpeed USB Subsystem Integration
    8. 24.8  SATA Controller
      1. 24.8.1 SATA Controller Overview
        1. 24.8.1.1 SATA Controller
          1. 24.8.1.1.1 AHCI Mode Overview
          2. 24.8.1.1.2 Native Command Queuing
          3. 24.8.1.1.3 SATA Transport Layer Functionalities
          4. 24.8.1.1.4 SATA Link Layer Functionalities
        2. 24.8.1.2 SATA Controller Features
      2. 24.8.2 SATA Controller Environment
      3. 24.8.3 SATA Controller Integration
      4. 24.8.4 SATA Controller Functional Description
        1. 24.8.4.1  SATA Controller Block Diagram
        2. 24.8.4.2  SATA Controller Link Layer Protocol and Data Format
          1. 24.8.4.2.1 SATA 8b/10b Parallel Encoding/Decoding
          2. 24.8.4.2.2 SATA Stream Dword Components
          3. 24.8.4.2.3 Scrambling/Descrambling Processing
        3. 24.8.4.3  Resets
          1. 24.8.4.3.1 Hardware Reset
          2. 24.8.4.3.2 Software Initiated Resets
            1. 24.8.4.3.2.1 Software Reset
            2. 24.8.4.3.2.2 Port Reset
            3. 24.8.4.3.2.3 HBA Reset
        4. 24.8.4.4  Power Management
          1. 24.8.4.4.1 SATA Specific Power Management
            1. 24.8.4.4.1.1 PARTIAL Power Mode
            2. 24.8.4.4.1.2 Slumber Power Mode
            3. 24.8.4.4.1.3 Software Control over Low Power States
            4. 24.8.4.4.1.4 Aggressive Power Management
          2. 24.8.4.4.2 Master Standby and Slave Idle Management Protocols
          3. 24.8.4.4.3 Clock Gating Synchronization
          4. 24.8.4.4.4 3187
        5. 24.8.4.5  Interrupt Requests
          1. 24.8.4.5.1 Interrupt Generation
          2. 24.8.4.5.2 Levels of Interrupt Control
          3. 24.8.4.5.3 Interrupt Events Description
            1. 24.8.4.5.3.1  Task File Error Status
            2. 24.8.4.5.3.2  Host Bus Fatal Error
            3. 24.8.4.5.3.3  Interface Fatal Error Status
            4. 24.8.4.5.3.4  Interface Non-Fatal Error Status
            5. 24.8.4.5.3.5  Overflow Status
            6. 24.8.4.5.3.6  Incorrect Port Multiplier Status
            7. 24.8.4.5.3.7  PHYReady Change Status
            8. 24.8.4.5.3.8  Port Connect Change Status
            9. 24.8.4.5.3.9  Descriptor Processed
            10. 24.8.4.5.3.10 Unknown FIS Interrupt
            11. 24.8.4.5.3.11 Set Device Bits Interrupt
            12. 24.8.4.5.3.12 DMA Setup FIS Interrupt
            13. 24.8.4.5.3.13 PIO Setup FIS Interrupt
            14. 24.8.4.5.3.14 Device to Host Register FIS Interrupt
          4. 24.8.4.5.4 Interrupt Condition Control
          5. 24.8.4.5.5 Command Completion Coalescing Interrupts
            1. 24.8.4.5.5.1 CCC Interrupt Based on Expired Timeout Value
            2. 24.8.4.5.5.2 CCC Interrupt Based on Completion Count
        6. 24.8.4.6  System Memory FIS Descriptors
          1. 24.8.4.6.1 Command List Structure Basics
          2. 24.8.4.6.2 Supported Types of Commands
          3. 24.8.4.6.3 Received FIS Structures
          4. 24.8.4.6.4 FIS Descriptors Summary
        7. 24.8.4.7  Transport Layer FIS-Based Interactions
          1. 24.8.4.7.1 Software Processing of the Port Command List
          2. 24.8.4.7.2 Handling the Received FIS Descriptors
        8. 24.8.4.8  DMA Port Configuration
        9. 24.8.4.9  Port Multiplier Operation
          1. 24.8.4.9.1 Command-Based Switching Mode
            1. 24.8.4.9.1.1 Port Multiplier NCQ and Non-NCQ Commands Generation
          2. 24.8.4.9.2 Port Multiplier Enumeration
        10. 24.8.4.10 Activity LED Generation Functionality
        11. 24.8.4.11 Supported Types of SATA Transfers
          1. 24.8.4.11.1 Supported Higher Level Protocols
        12. 24.8.4.12 SATA Controller AHCI Hardware Register Interface
      5. 24.8.5 SATA Controller Low Level Programming Model
        1. 24.8.5.1 Global Initialization
          1. 24.8.5.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 24.8.5.1.2 SATA Controller Global Initialization
            1. 24.8.5.1.2.1 Main Sequence SATA Controller Global Initialization
            2. 24.8.5.1.2.2 SubSequence – Firmware Capability Writes
          3. 24.8.5.1.3 Issue Command - Main Sequence
          4. 24.8.5.1.4 Receive FIS—Main Sequence
      6. 24.8.6 SATA Controller Register Manual
        1. 24.8.6.1 SATA Controller Instance Summary
        2. 24.8.6.2 DWC_ahsata Registers
          1. 24.8.6.2.1 DWC_ahsata Register Summary
          2. 24.8.6.2.2 DWC_ahsata Register Description
        3. 24.8.6.3 SATAMAC_wrapper Registers
          1. 24.8.6.3.1 SATAMAC_wrapper Register Summary
          2. 24.8.6.3.2 SATAMAC_wrapper Register Description
    9. 24.9  PCIe Controller
      1. 24.9.1 PCIe Controller Subsystem Overview
        1. 24.9.1.1 PCIe Controllers Key Features
      2. 24.9.2 PCIe Controller Environment
      3. 24.9.3 PCIe Controllers Integration
      4. 24.9.4 PCIe SS Controller Functional Description
        1. 24.9.4.1 PCIe Controller Functional Block Diagram
        2. 24.9.4.2 PCIe Traffics
        3. 24.9.4.3 PCIe Controller Ports on L3_MAIN Interconnect
          1. 24.9.4.3.1 PCIe Controller Master Port
            1. 24.9.4.3.1.1 PCIe Controller Master Port to MMU Routing
          2. 24.9.4.3.2 PCIe Controller Slave Port
          3. 24.9.4.3.3 3255
        4. 24.9.4.4 PCIe Controller Reset Management
          1. 24.9.4.4.1 PCIe Reset Types and Stickiness
          2. 24.9.4.4.2 PCIe Reset Conditions
            1. 24.9.4.4.2.1 PCIe Main Reset
              1. 24.9.4.4.2.1.1 PCIe Subsystem Cold Main Reset Source
              2. 24.9.4.4.2.1.2 PCIe Subsystem Warm Main Reset Sources
            2. 24.9.4.4.2.2 PCIe Standard Specific Resets to the PCIe Core Logic
        5. 24.9.4.5 PCIe Controller Power Management
          1. 24.9.4.5.1 PCIe Protocol Power Management
            1. 24.9.4.5.1.1 PCIe Device/function power state (D-state)
            2. 24.9.4.5.1.2 PCIe Controller PIPE Powerstate (Powerdown Control)
          2. 24.9.4.5.2 PCIE Controller Clocks Management
            1. 24.9.4.5.2.1 PCIe Clock Domains
            2. 24.9.4.5.2.2 PCIe Controller Idle/Standby Clock Management Interfaces
              1. 24.9.4.5.2.2.1 PCIe Controller Master Standby Behavior
              2. 24.9.4.5.2.2.2 PCIe Controller Slave Idle/Disconnect Behavior
                1. 24.9.4.5.2.2.2.1 PCIe Controller Idle Sequence During D3cold/L3 State
        6. 24.9.4.6 PCIe Controller Interrupt Requests
          1. 24.9.4.6.1 PCIe Controller Main Hardware Management
            1. 24.9.4.6.1.1 PCIe Management Interrupt Events
            2. 24.9.4.6.1.2 PCIe Error Interrupt Events
            3. 24.9.4.6.1.3 Summary of PCIe Controller Main Hardware Interrupt Events
          2. 24.9.4.6.2 PCIe Controller Legacy and MSI Virtual Interrupts Management
            1. 24.9.4.6.2.1 Legacy PCI Interrupts (INTx)
              1. 24.9.4.6.2.1.1 Legacy PCI Interrupt Events Overview
              2. 24.9.4.6.2.1.2 Legacy PCI Interrupt Transmission (EP mode only)
              3. 24.9.4.6.2.1.3 Legacy PCI Interrupt Reception (RC mode only)
            2. 24.9.4.6.2.2 PCIe Controller Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI)
              1. 24.9.4.6.2.2.1 PCIe Specific MSI Interrupt Event Overview
              2. 24.9.4.6.2.2.2 PCIe Controller MSI Transmission Methods (EP mode)
                1. 24.9.4.6.2.2.2.1 PCIe Controller MSI transmission, hardware method
                2. 24.9.4.6.2.2.2.2 PCIe Controller MSI transmission, software method
              3. 24.9.4.6.2.2.3 PCIe Controller MSI Reception (RC mode)
          3. 24.9.4.6.3 PCIe Controller MSI Hardware Interrupt Events
        7. 24.9.4.7 PCIe Controller Address Spaces and Address Translation
        8. 24.9.4.8 PCIe Traffic Requesting and Responding
          1. 24.9.4.8.1 PCIe Memory-type (Mem) Traffic Management
            1. 24.9.4.8.1.1 PCIe Memory Requesting
            2. 24.9.4.8.1.2 PCIe Memory Responding
          2. 24.9.4.8.2 PCIe Configuration Type (Cfg) Traffic Management
            1. 24.9.4.8.2.1 RC Self-configuration (RC Only)
            2. 24.9.4.8.2.2 Configuration Requests over PCIe (RC Only)
            3. 24.9.4.8.2.3 Configuration Responding over PCIe (EP Only)
          3. 24.9.4.8.3 PCIe I/O-type (IO) traffic management
            1. 24.9.4.8.3.1 PCIe I/O requesting (RC only)
            2. 24.9.4.8.3.2 PCIe IO BAR initialization before enumeration (EP only)
            3. 24.9.4.8.3.3 PCIe I/O responding (PCI legacy EP only)
          4. 24.9.4.8.4 PCIe Message-type (Msg) traffic management
        9. 24.9.4.9 PCIe Programming Register Interface
          1. 24.9.4.9.1 PCIe Register Access
          2. 24.9.4.9.2 Double Mapping of the PCIe Local Control Registers
          3. 24.9.4.9.3 Base Address Registers (BAR) Initialization
      5. 24.9.5 PCIe Controller Low Level Programming Model
        1. 24.9.5.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
        2. 24.9.5.2 Main Sequence of PCIe Controllers Initalization
      6. 24.9.6 PCIe Standard Registers vs PCIe Subsystem Hardware Registers Mapping
      7. 24.9.7 PCIe Controller Register Manual
        1. 24.9.7.1 PCIe Controller Instance Summary
        2. 24.9.7.2 PCIe_SS_EP_CFG_PCIe Registers
          1. 24.9.7.2.1 PCIe_SS_EP_CFG_PCIe Register Summary
          2. 24.9.7.2.2 PCIe_SS_EP_CFG_PCIe Register Description
          3. 24.9.7.2.3 3317
        3. 24.9.7.3 PCIe_SS_EP_CFG_DBICS Registers
          1. 24.9.7.3.1 PCIe_SS_EP_CFG_DBICS Register Summary
          2. 24.9.7.3.2 PCIe_SS_EP_CFG_DBICS Register Description
        4. 24.9.7.4 PCIe_SS_RC_CFG_DBICS Registers
          1. 24.9.7.4.1 PCIe_SS_RC_CFG_DBICS Register Summary
          2. 24.9.7.4.2 PCIe_SS_RC_CFG_DBICS Register Description
        5. 24.9.7.5 PCIe_SS_PL_CONF Registers
          1. 24.9.7.5.1 PCIe_SS_PL_CONF Register Summary
          2. 24.9.7.5.2 PCIe_SS_PL_CONF Register Description
        6. 24.9.7.6 PCIe_SS_EP_CFG_DBICS2 Registers
          1. 24.9.7.6.1 PCIe_SS_EP_CFG_DBICS2 Register Summary
          2. 24.9.7.6.2 PCIe_SS_EP_CFG_DBICS2 Register Description
        7. 24.9.7.7 PCIe_SS_RC_CFG_DBICS2 Registers
          1. 24.9.7.7.1 PCIe_SS_RC_CFG_DBICS2 Register Summary
          2. 24.9.7.7.2 PCIe_SS_RC_CFG_DBICS2 Register Description
        8. 24.9.7.8 PCIe_SS_TI_CONF Registers
          1. 24.9.7.8.1 PCIe_SS_TI_CONF Register Summary
          2. 24.9.7.8.2 PCIe_SS_TI_CONF Register Description
    10. 24.10 DCAN
      1. 24.10.1 DCAN Overview
        1. 24.10.1.1 Features
      2. 24.10.2 DCAN Environment
        1. 24.10.2.1 CAN Network Basics
      3. 24.10.3 DCAN Integration
      4. 24.10.4 DCAN Functional Description
        1. 24.10.4.1  Module Clocking Requirements
        2. 24.10.4.2  Interrupt Functionality
          1. 24.10.4.2.1 Message Object Interrupts
          2. 24.10.4.2.2 Status Change Interrupts
          3. 24.10.4.2.3 Error Interrupts
        3. 24.10.4.3  DMA Functionality
        4. 24.10.4.4  Local Power-Down Mode
          1. 24.10.4.4.1 Entering Local Power-Down Mode
          2. 24.10.4.4.2 Wakeup From Local Power Down
        5. 24.10.4.5  Parity Check Mechanism
          1. 24.10.4.5.1 Behavior on Parity Error
          2. 24.10.4.5.2 Parity Testing
        6. 24.10.4.6  Debug/Suspend Mode
        7. 24.10.4.7  Configuration of Message Objects Description
          1. 24.10.4.7.1 Configuration of a Transmit Object for Data Frames
          2. 24.10.4.7.2 Configuration of a Transmit Object for Remote Frames
          3. 24.10.4.7.3 Configuration of a Single Receive Object for Data Frames
          4. 24.10.4.7.4 Configuration of a Single Receive Object for Remote Frames
          5. 24.10.4.7.5 Configuration of a FIFO Buffer
        8. 24.10.4.8  Message Handling
          1. 24.10.4.8.1  Message Handler Overview
          2. 24.10.4.8.2  Receive/Transmit Priority
          3. 24.10.4.8.3  Transmission of Messages in Event Driven CAN Communication
          4. 24.10.4.8.4  Updating a Transmit Object
          5. 24.10.4.8.5  Changing a Transmit Object
          6. 24.10.4.8.6  Acceptance Filtering of Received Messages
          7. 24.10.4.8.7  Reception of Data Frames
          8. 24.10.4.8.8  Reception of Remote Frames
          9. 24.10.4.8.9  Reading Received Messages
          10. 24.10.4.8.10 Requesting New Data for a Receive Object
          11. 24.10.4.8.11 Storing Received Messages in FIFO Buffers
          12. 24.10.4.8.12 Reading From a FIFO Buffer
        9. 24.10.4.9  CAN Bit Timing
          1. 24.10.4.9.1 Bit Time and Bit Rate
            1. 24.10.4.9.1.1 Synchronization Segment
            2. 24.10.4.9.1.2 Propagation Time Segment
            3. 24.10.4.9.1.3 Phase Buffer Segments and Synchronization
            4. 24.10.4.9.1.4 Oscillator Tolerance Range
          2. 24.10.4.9.2 DCAN Bit Timing Registers
            1. 24.10.4.9.2.1 Calculation of the Bit Timing Parameters
            2. 24.10.4.9.2.2 Example for Bit Timing Calculation
        10. 24.10.4.10 Message Interface Register Sets
          1. 24.10.4.10.1 Message Interface Register Sets 1 and 2
          2. 24.10.4.10.2 IF3 Register Set
        11. 24.10.4.11 Message RAM
          1. 24.10.4.11.1 Structure of Message Objects
          2. 24.10.4.11.2 Addressing Message Objects in RAM
          3. 24.10.4.11.3 Message RAM Representation in Debug/Suspend Mode
          4. 24.10.4.11.4 Message RAM Representation in Direct Access Mode
        12. 24.10.4.12 CAN Operation
          1. 24.10.4.12.1 CAN Module Initialization
            1. 24.10.4.12.1.1 Configuration of CAN Bit Timing
            2. 24.10.4.12.1.2 Configuration of Message Objects
            3. 24.10.4.12.1.3 DCAN RAM Hardware Initialization
          2. 24.10.4.12.2 CAN Message Transfer (Normal Operation)
            1. 24.10.4.12.2.1 Automatic Retransmission
            2. 24.10.4.12.2.2 Auto-Bus-On
          3. 24.10.4.12.3 Test Modes
            1. 24.10.4.12.3.1 Silent Mode
            2. 24.10.4.12.3.2 Loopback Mode
            3. 24.10.4.12.3.3 External Loopback Mode
            4. 24.10.4.12.3.4 Loopback Mode Combined With Silent Mode
            5. 24.10.4.12.3.5 Software Control of CAN_TX Pin
        13. 24.10.4.13 GPIO Support
      5. 24.10.5 DCAN Register Manual
        1. 24.10.5.1 DCAN Instance Summary
        2. 24.10.5.2 DCAN Registers
          1. 24.10.5.2.1 DCAN Register Summary
          2. 24.10.5.2.2 DCAN Register Description
    11. 24.11 Gigabit Ethernet Switch (GMAC_SW)
      1. 24.11.1 GMAC_SW Overview
        1. 24.11.1.1 Features
        2. 24.11.1.2 3415
      2. 24.11.2 GMAC_SW Environment
        1. 24.11.2.1 G/MII Interface
        2. 24.11.2.2 RMII Interface
        3. 24.11.2.3 RGMII Interface
      3. 24.11.3 GMAC_SW Integration
      4. 24.11.4 GMAC_SW Functional Description
        1. 24.11.4.1  Functional Block Diagram
        2. 24.11.4.2  GMAC_SW Ports
          1. 24.11.4.2.1 Interface Mode Selection
        3. 24.11.4.3  Clocking
          1. 24.11.4.3.1 Subsystem Clocking
          2. 24.11.4.3.2 Interface Clocking
            1. 24.11.4.3.2.1 G/MII Interface Clocking
            2. 24.11.4.3.2.2 RGMII Interface Clocking
            3. 24.11.4.3.2.3 RMII Interface Clocking
            4. 24.11.4.3.2.4 MDIO Clocking
        4. 24.11.4.4  Software IDLE
        5. 24.11.4.5  Interrupt Functionality
          1. 24.11.4.5.1 Receive Packet Completion Pulse Interrupt (RX_PULSE)
          2. 24.11.4.5.2 Transmit Packet Completion Pulse Interrupt (TX_PULSE)
          3. 24.11.4.5.3 Receive Threshold Pulse Interrupt (RX_THRESH_PULSE)
          4. 24.11.4.5.4 Miscellaneous Pulse Interrupt (MISC_PULSE)
            1. 24.11.4.5.4.1 EVNT_PEND( CPTS_PEND) Interrupt
            2. 24.11.4.5.4.2 Statistics Interrupt
            3. 24.11.4.5.4.3 Host Error interrupt
            4. 24.11.4.5.4.4 MDIO Interrupts
          5. 24.11.4.5.5 Interrupt Pacing
        6. 24.11.4.6  Reset Isolation
          1. 24.11.4.6.1 Reset Isolation Functional Description
        7. 24.11.4.7  Software Reset
        8. 24.11.4.8  CPSW_3G
          1. 24.11.4.8.1  CPDMA RX and TX Interfaces
            1. 24.11.4.8.1.1 Functional Operation
            2. 24.11.4.8.1.2 Receive DMA Interface
              1. 24.11.4.8.1.2.1 Receive DMA Host Configuration
              2. 24.11.4.8.1.2.2 Receive Channel Teardown
            3. 24.11.4.8.1.3 Transmit DMA Interface
              1. 24.11.4.8.1.3.1 Transmit DMA Host Configuration
              2. 24.11.4.8.1.3.2 Transmit Channel Teardown
            4. 24.11.4.8.1.4 Transmit Rate Limiting
            5. 24.11.4.8.1.5 Command IDLE
          2. 24.11.4.8.2  Address Lookup Engine (ALE)
            1. 24.11.4.8.2.1 Address Table Entry
              1. 24.11.4.8.2.1.1 Free Table Entry
              2. 24.11.4.8.2.1.2 Multicast Address Table Entry
              3. 24.11.4.8.2.1.3 VLAN/Multicast Address Table Entry
              4. 24.11.4.8.2.1.4 Unicast Address Table Entry
              5. 24.11.4.8.2.1.5 OUI Unicast Address Table Entry
              6. 24.11.4.8.2.1.6 VLAN/Unicast Address Table Entry
              7. 24.11.4.8.2.1.7 VLAN Table Entry
            2. 24.11.4.8.2.2 Packet Forwarding Processes
            3. 24.11.4.8.2.3 Learning Process
            4. 24.11.4.8.2.4 VLAN Aware Mode
            5. 24.11.4.8.2.5 VLAN Unaware Mode
          3. 24.11.4.8.3  Packet Priority Handling
          4. 24.11.4.8.4  FIFO Memory Control
          5. 24.11.4.8.5  FIFO Transmit Queue Control
            1. 24.11.4.8.5.1 Normal Priority Mode
            2. 24.11.4.8.5.2 Dual MAC Mode
            3. 24.11.4.8.5.3 Rate Limit Mode
          6. 24.11.4.8.6  Audio Video Bridging
            1. 24.11.4.8.6.1 IEEE 802.1AS: Timing and Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks (Precision Time Protocol (PTP))
              1. 24.11.4.8.6.1.1 IEEE 1722: "Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time-Sensitive Streams"
              2. 24.11.4.8.6.1.2 IEEE 1733: Extends RTCP for RTP Streaming over AVB-supported Networks
            2. 24.11.4.8.6.2 IEEE 802.1Qav: "Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Forwarding and Queuing for Time-Sensitive Streams"
              1. 24.11.4.8.6.2.1 Configuring the Device for 802.1Qav Operation:
          7. 24.11.4.8.7  Ethernet MAC Sliver (CPGMAC_SL)
            1. 24.11.4.8.7.1 G/MII Media Independent Interface
              1. 24.11.4.8.7.1.1 Data Reception
                1. 24.11.4.8.7.1.1.1 Receive Control
                2. 24.11.4.8.7.1.1.2 Receive Inter-Frame Interval
              2. 24.11.4.8.7.1.2 Data Transmission
                1. 24.11.4.8.7.1.2.1 Transmit Control
                2. 24.11.4.8.7.1.2.2 CRC Insertion
                3. 24.11.4.8.7.1.2.3 MTXER
                4. 24.11.4.8.7.1.2.4 Adaptive Performance Optimization (APO)
                5. 24.11.4.8.7.1.2.5 Inter-Packet-Gap Enforcement
                6. 24.11.4.8.7.1.2.6 Back Off
                7. 24.11.4.8.7.1.2.7 Programmable Transmit Inter-Packet Gap
                8. 24.11.4.8.7.1.2.8 Speed, Duplex and Pause Frame Support Negotiation
            2. 24.11.4.8.7.2 RMII Interface
              1. 24.11.4.8.7.2.1 Features
              2. 24.11.4.8.7.2.2 RMII Receive (RX)
              3. 24.11.4.8.7.2.3 RMII Transmit (TX)
            3. 24.11.4.8.7.3 RGMII Interface
              1. 24.11.4.8.7.3.1 RGMII Features
              2. 24.11.4.8.7.3.2 RGMII Receive (RX)
              3. 24.11.4.8.7.3.3 In-Band Mode of Operation
              4. 24.11.4.8.7.3.4 Forced Mode of Operation
              5. 24.11.4.8.7.3.5 RGMII Transmit (TX)
            4. 24.11.4.8.7.4 Frame Classification
          8. 24.11.4.8.8  Embedded Memories
          9. 24.11.4.8.9  Flow Control
            1. 24.11.4.8.9.1 CPPI Port Flow Control
            2. 24.11.4.8.9.2 Ethernet Port Flow Control
              1. 24.11.4.8.9.2.1 Receive Flow Control
                1. 24.11.4.8.9.2.1.1 Collision Based Receive Buffer Flow Control
                2. 24.11.4.8.9.2.1.2 IEEE 802.3X Based Receive Flow Control
              2. 24.11.4.8.9.2.2 Transmit Flow Control
          10. 24.11.4.8.10 Short Gap
          11. 24.11.4.8.11 Switch Latency
          12. 24.11.4.8.12 Emulation Control
          13. 24.11.4.8.13 FIFO Loopback
          14. 24.11.4.8.14 Device Level Ring (DLR) Support
          15. 24.11.4.8.15 Energy Efficient Ethernet Support (802.3az)
          16. 24.11.4.8.16 CPSW_3G Network Statistics
            1. 24.11.4.8.16.1 3522
        9. 24.11.4.9  Static Packet Filter (SPF)
          1. 24.11.4.9.1 SPF Overview
          2. 24.11.4.9.2 SPF Functional Description
            1. 24.11.4.9.2.1 SPF Block Diagram
            2. 24.11.4.9.2.2 Interrupts
            3. 24.11.4.9.2.3 Protocol Header Extractor
            4. 24.11.4.9.2.4 Programmable Rule Engine
              1. 24.11.4.9.2.4.1 Internal Registers
              2. 24.11.4.9.2.4.2 Packet Buffer
            5. 24.11.4.9.2.5 Intrusion Event Logger
            6. 24.11.4.9.2.6 Rate Limiter
            7. 24.11.4.9.2.7 Rule Engine Instruction Set Architecture
              1. 24.11.4.9.2.7.1 Instruction Format
              2. 24.11.4.9.2.7.2 Operand Field
              3. 24.11.4.9.2.7.3 Arithmetic/Logical Function Field
              4. 24.11.4.9.2.7.4 Operation Field
          3. 24.11.4.9.3 Programming Guide
            1. 24.11.4.9.3.1 Initialization Routine
            2. 24.11.4.9.3.2 Interrupt Service Routine
            3. 24.11.4.9.3.3 Rule Engine Example Program
        10. 24.11.4.10 Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS)
          1. 24.11.4.10.1 CPTS Architecture
          2. 24.11.4.10.2 CPTS Initialization
          3. 24.11.4.10.3 Time Stamp Value
          4. 24.11.4.10.4 Event FIFO
          5. 24.11.4.10.5 Time Sync Events
            1. 24.11.4.10.5.1 Time Stamp Push Event
            2. 24.11.4.10.5.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event
            3. 24.11.4.10.5.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event
            4. 24.11.4.10.5.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
            5. 24.11.4.10.5.5 Ethernet Port Events
          6. 24.11.4.10.6 CPTS Interrupt Handling
        11. 24.11.4.11 CPPI Buffer Descriptors
          1. 24.11.4.11.1 TX Buffer Descriptors
            1. 24.11.4.11.1.1 CPPI TX Data Word 0
            2. 24.11.4.11.1.2 CPPI TX Data Word 1
            3. 24.11.4.11.1.3 CPPI TX Data Word 2
            4. 24.11.4.11.1.4 CPPI TX Data Word 3
          2. 24.11.4.11.2 RX Buffer Descriptors
            1. 24.11.4.11.2.1 CPPI RX Data Word 0
            2. 24.11.4.11.2.2 CPPI RX Data Word 1
            3. 24.11.4.11.2.3 CPPI RX Data Word 2
            4. 24.11.4.11.2.4 CPPI RX Data Word 3
        12. 24.11.4.12 MDIO
          1. 24.11.4.12.1 MDIO Frame Formats
          2. 24.11.4.12.2 MDIO Functional Description
      5. 24.11.5 GMAC_SW Programming Guide
        1. 24.11.5.1 Transmit Operation
        2. 24.11.5.2 Receive Operation
        3. 24.11.5.3 MDIO Software Interface
          1. 24.11.5.3.1 Initializing the MDIO Module
          2. 24.11.5.3.2 Writing Data To a PHY Register
          3. 24.11.5.3.3 Reading Data From a PHY Register
        4. 24.11.5.4 Initialization and Configuration of CPSW
      6. 24.11.6 GMAC_SW Register Manual
        1. 24.11.6.1  GMAC_SW Instance Summary
        2. 24.11.6.2  SS Registers
          1. 24.11.6.2.1 SS Register Summary
          2. 24.11.6.2.2 SS Register Description
        3. 24.11.6.3  PORT Registers
          1. 24.11.6.3.1 PORT Register Summary
          2. 24.11.6.3.2 PORT Register Description
        4. 24.11.6.4  CPDMA registers
          1. 24.11.6.4.1 CPDMA Register Summary
          2. 24.11.6.4.2 CPDMA Register Description
        5. 24.11.6.5  STATS Registers
          1. 24.11.6.5.1 STATS Register Summary
          2. 24.11.6.5.2 STATS Register Description
        6. 24.11.6.6  STATERAM Registers
          1. 24.11.6.6.1 STATERAM Register Summary
          2. 24.11.6.6.2 STATERAM Register Description
        7. 24.11.6.7  CPTS registers
          1. 24.11.6.7.1 CPTS Register Summary
          2. 24.11.6.7.2 CPTS Register Description
        8. 24.11.6.8  ALE registers
          1. 24.11.6.8.1 ALE Register Summary
          2. 24.11.6.8.2 ALE Register Description
        9. 24.11.6.9  SL registers
          1. 24.11.6.9.1 SL Register Summary
          2. 24.11.6.9.2 SL Register Description
        10. 24.11.6.10 MDIO registers
          1. 24.11.6.10.1 MDIO Register Summary
          2. 24.11.6.10.2 MDIO Register Description
        11. 24.11.6.11 WR registers
          1. 24.11.6.11.1 WR Register Summary
          2. 24.11.6.11.2 WR Register Description
        12. 24.11.6.12 SPF Registers
          1. 24.11.6.12.1 SPF Register Summary
          2. 24.11.6.12.2 SPF Register Description
    12. 24.12 Media Local Bus (MLB)
  27. 25eMMC/SD/SDIO
    1. 25.1 eMMC/SD/SDIO Overview
      1. 25.1.1 eMMC/SD/SDIO Features
    2. 25.2 eMMC/SD/SDIO Environment
      1. 25.2.1 eMMC/SD/SDIO Functional Modes
        1. 25.2.1.1 eMMC/SD/SDIO Connected to an eMMC, SD, or SDIO Card
      2. 25.2.2 Protocol and Data Format
        1. 25.2.2.1 Protocol
        2. 25.2.2.2 Data Format
    3. 25.3 eMMC/SD/SDIO Integration
    4. 25.4 eMMC/SD/SDIO Functional Description
      1. 25.4.1  Block Diagram
      2. 25.4.2  Resets
        1. 25.4.2.1 Hardware Reset
        2. 25.4.2.2 Software Reset
      3. 25.4.3  Power Management
      4. 25.4.4  Interrupt Requests
        1. 25.4.4.1 Interrupt-Driven Operation
        2. 25.4.4.2 Polling
        3. 25.4.4.3 Asynchronous Interrupt
      5. 25.4.5  DMA Modes
        1. 25.4.5.1 Master DMA Operations
          1. 25.4.5.1.1 Descriptor Table Description
          2. 25.4.5.1.2 Requirements for Descriptors
            1. 25.4.5.1.2.1 Data Length
            2. 25.4.5.1.2.2 Supported Features
            3. 25.4.5.1.2.3 Error Generation
          3. 25.4.5.1.3 Advanced DMA Description
        2. 25.4.5.2 Slave DMA Operations
          1. 25.4.5.2.1 DMA Receive Mode
          2. 25.4.5.2.2 DMA Transmit Mode
      6. 25.4.6  Mode Selection
      7. 25.4.7  Buffer Management
        1. 25.4.7.1 Data Buffer
          1. 25.4.7.1.1 Memory Size, Block Length, and Buffer-Management Relationship
          2. 25.4.7.1.2 Data Buffer Status
      8. 25.4.8  Transfer Process
        1. 25.4.8.1 Different Types of Commands
        2. 25.4.8.2 Different Types of Responses
      9. 25.4.9  Transfer or Command Status and Errors Reporting
        1. 25.4.9.1 Busy Time-Out for R1b, R5b Response Type
        2. 25.4.9.2 Busy Time-Out After Write CRC Status
        3. 25.4.9.3 Write CRC Status Time-Out
        4. 25.4.9.4 Read Data Time-Out
        5. 25.4.9.5 Boot Acknowledge Time-Out
      10. 25.4.10 Auto Command 12 Timings
        1. 25.4.10.1 Auto CMD12 Timings During Write Transfer
        2. 25.4.10.2 Auto CMD12 Timings During Read Transfer
      11. 25.4.11 Transfer Stop
      12. 25.4.12 Output Signals Generation
        1. 25.4.12.1 Generation on Falling Edge of MMC Clock
        2. 25.4.12.2 Generation on Rising Edge of MMC Clock
      13. 25.4.13 Sampling Clock Tuning
      14. 25.4.14 Card Boot Mode Management
        1. 25.4.14.1 Boot Mode Using CMD0
        2. 25.4.14.2 Boot Mode With CMD Line Tied to 0
      15. 25.4.15 MMC CE-ATA Command Completion Disable Management
      16. 25.4.16 Test Registers
      17. 25.4.17 eMMC/SD/SDIO Hardware Status Features
    5. 25.5 eMMC/SD/SDIO Programming Guide
      1. 25.5.1 Low-Level Programming Models
        1. 25.5.1.1 Global Initialization
          1. 25.5.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 25.5.1.1.2 eMMC/SD/SDIO Host Controller Initialization Flow
            1. 25.5.1.1.2.1 Enable Interface and Functional Clock for MMC Controller
            2. 25.5.1.1.2.2 MMCHS Soft Reset Flow
            3. 25.5.1.1.2.3 Set MMCHS Default Capabilities
            4. 25.5.1.1.2.4 Wake-Up Configuration
            5. 25.5.1.1.2.5 MMC Host and Bus Configuration
        2. 25.5.1.2 Operational Modes Configuration
          1. 25.5.1.2.1 Basic Operations for eMMC/SD/SDIO Host Controller
            1. 25.5.1.2.1.1 Card Detection, Identification, and Selection
              1. 25.5.1.2.1.1.1 CMD Line Reset Procedure
            2. 25.5.1.2.1.2 Read/Write Transfer Flow in DMA Mode With Interrupt
              1. 25.5.1.2.1.2.1 DATA Lines Reset Procedure
            3. 25.5.1.2.1.3 Read/Write Transfer Flow in DMA Mode With Polling
            4. 25.5.1.2.1.4 Read/Write Transfer Flow Without DMA With Polling
            5. 25.5.1.2.1.5 Read/Write Transfer Flow in CE-ATA Mode
            6. 25.5.1.2.1.6 Suspend-Resume Flow
              1. 25.5.1.2.1.6.1 Suspend Flow
              2. 25.5.1.2.1.6.2 Resume Flow
            7. 25.5.1.2.1.7 Basic Operations – Steps Detailed
              1. 25.5.1.2.1.7.1 Command Transfer Flow
              2. 25.5.1.2.1.7.2 MMCHS Clock Frequency Change
              3. 25.5.1.2.1.7.3 Bus Width Selection
          2. 25.5.1.2.2 Bus Voltage Selection
          3. 25.5.1.2.3 Boot Mode Configuration
            1. 25.5.1.2.3.1 Boot Using CMD0
            2. 25.5.1.2.3.2 Boot With CMD Line Tied to 0
          4. 25.5.1.2.4 SDR104/HS200 DLL Tuning Procedure
    6. 25.6 eMMC/SD/SDIO Register Manual
      1. 25.6.1 eMMC/SD/SDIO Instance Summary
      2. 25.6.2 eMMC/SD/SDIO Registers
        1. 25.6.2.1 eMMC/SD/SDIO Register Summary
        2. 25.6.2.2 eMMC/SD/SDIO Register Description
  28. 26Shared PHY Component Subsystem
    1. 26.1 SATA PHY Subsystem
      1. 26.1.1 SATA PHY Subsystem Overview
      2. 26.1.2 SATA PHY Subsystem Environment
        1. 26.1.2.1 SATA PHY I/O Signals
      3. 26.1.3 SATA PHY Subsystem Integration
      4. 26.1.4 SATA PHY Subsystem Functional Description
        1. 26.1.4.1 SATA PLL Controller L4 Interface Adapter Functional Description
        2. 26.1.4.2 SATA PHY Serializer and Deserializer Functional Descriptions
          1. 26.1.4.2.1 SATA PHY Reset
          2. 26.1.4.2.2 SATA_PHY Clocking
            1. 26.1.4.2.2.1 SATA_PHY Input Clocks
            2. 26.1.4.2.2.2 SATA_PHY Output Clocks
          3. 26.1.4.2.3 SATA_PHY Power Management
            1. 26.1.4.2.3.1 SATA_PHY Power-Up/-Down Sequences
            2. 26.1.4.2.3.2 SATA_PHY Low-Power Modes
          4. 26.1.4.2.4 SATA_PHY Hardware Requests
        3. 26.1.4.3 SATA Clock Generator Subsystem Functional Description
          1. 26.1.4.3.1 SATA DPLL Clock Generator Overview
          2. 26.1.4.3.2 SATA DPLL Clock Generator Reset
          3. 26.1.4.3.3 SATA DPLL Low-Power Modes
          4. 26.1.4.3.4 SATA DPLL Clocks Configuration
            1. 26.1.4.3.4.1 SATA DPLL Input Clock Control
            2. 26.1.4.3.4.2 SATA DPLL Output Clock Configuration
              1. 26.1.4.3.4.2.1 SATA DPLL Output Clock Gating
          5. 26.1.4.3.5 SATA DPLL Subsystem Architecture
          6. 26.1.4.3.6 SATA DPLL Clock Generator Modes and State Transitions
            1. 26.1.4.3.6.1 SATA Clock Generator Power Up
            2. 26.1.4.3.6.2 SATA DPLL Sequences
            3. 26.1.4.3.6.3 SATA DPLL Locked Mode
            4. 26.1.4.3.6.4 SATA DPLL Idle-Bypass Mode
            5. 26.1.4.3.6.5 SATA DPLL MN-Bypass Mode
            6. 26.1.4.3.6.6 SATA DPLL Error Conditions
          7. 26.1.4.3.7 SATA PLL Controller Functions
            1. 26.1.4.3.7.1 SATA PLL Controller Register Access
            2. 26.1.4.3.7.2 SATA DPLL Clock Programming Sequence
            3. 26.1.4.3.7.3 SATA DPLL Recommended Values
      5. 26.1.5 SATA PHY Subsystem Low-Level Programming Model
    2. 26.2 USB3_PHY Subsystem
      1. 26.2.1 USB3_PHY Subsystem Overview
      2. 26.2.2 USB3_PHY Subsystem Environment
        1. 26.2.2.1 USB3_PHY I/O Signals
      3. 26.2.3 USB3_PHY Subsystem Integration
      4. 26.2.4 USB3_PHY Subsystem Functional Description
        1. 26.2.4.1 Super-Speed USB PLL Controller L4 Interface Adapter Functional Description
        2. 26.2.4.2 USB3_PHY Serializer and Deserializer Functional Descriptions
          1. 26.2.4.2.1 USB3_PHY Module Resets
            1. 26.2.4.2.1.1 Hardware Reset
            2. 26.2.4.2.1.2 Software Reset
          2. 26.2.4.2.2 USB3_PHY Subsystem Clocking
            1. 26.2.4.2.2.1 USB3_PHY Subsystem Input Clocks
            2. 26.2.4.2.2.2 USB3_PHY Subsystem Output Clocks
          3. 26.2.4.2.3 USB3_PHY Power Management
            1. 26.2.4.2.3.1 USB3_PHY Power-Up/-Down Sequences
            2. 26.2.4.2.3.2 USB3_PHY Low-Power Modes
            3. 26.2.4.2.3.3 Clock Gating
          4. 26.2.4.2.4 USB3_PHY Hardware Requests
        3. 26.2.4.3 USB3_PHY Clock Generator Subsystem Functional Description
          1. 26.2.4.3.1 USB3_PHY DPLL Clock Generator Overview
          2. 26.2.4.3.2 USB3_PHY DPLL Clock Generator Reset
          3. 26.2.4.3.3 USB3_PHY DPLL Low-Power Modes
          4. 26.2.4.3.4 USB3_PHY DPLL Clocks Configuration
            1. 26.2.4.3.4.1 USB3_PHY DPLL Input Clock Control
            2. 26.2.4.3.4.2 USB3_PHY DPLL Output Clock Configuration
              1. 26.2.4.3.4.2.1 USB3_PHY DPLL Output Clock Gating
          5. 26.2.4.3.5 USB3_PHY DPLL Subsystem Architecture
          6. 26.2.4.3.6 USB3_PHY DPLL Clock Generator Modes and State Transitions
            1. 26.2.4.3.6.1 USB3_PHY Clock Generator Power Up
            2. 26.2.4.3.6.2 USB3_PHY DPLL Sequences
            3. 26.2.4.3.6.3 USB3_PHY DPLL Locked Mode
            4. 26.2.4.3.6.4 USB3_PHY DPLL Idle-Bypass Mode
            5. 26.2.4.3.6.5 USB3_PHY DPLL MN-Bypass Mode
            6. 26.2.4.3.6.6 USB3_PHY DPLL Error Conditions
          7. 26.2.4.3.7 USB3_PHY PLL Controller Functions
            1. 26.2.4.3.7.1 USB3_PHY PLL Controller Register Access
            2. 26.2.4.3.7.2 3783
            3. 26.2.4.3.7.3 USB3_PHY DPLL Clock Programming Sequence
            4. 26.2.4.3.7.4 USB3_PHY DPLL Recommended Values
      5. 26.2.5 USB3_PHY Subsystem Low-Level Programming Model
    3. 26.3 USB3 PHY and SATA PHY Register Manual
      1. 26.3.1 USB3 PHY and SATA PHY Instance Summary
      2. 26.3.2 USB3_PHY_RX Registers
        1. 26.3.2.1 USB3_PHY_RX Register Summary
        2. 26.3.2.2 USB3_PHY_RX Register Description
      3. 26.3.3 USB3_PHY_TX Registers
        1. 26.3.3.1 USB3_PHY_TX Register Summary
        2. 26.3.3.2 USB3_PHY_TX Register Description
      4. 26.3.4 SATA_PHY_RX Registers
        1. 26.3.4.1 SATA_PHY_RX Register Summary
        2. 26.3.4.2 SATA_PHY_RX Register Description
      5. 26.3.5 SATA_PHY_TX Registers
        1. 26.3.5.1 SATA_PHY_TX Register Summary
        2. 26.3.5.2 SATA_PHY_TX Register Description
      6. 26.3.6 DPLLCTRL Registers
        1. 26.3.6.1 DPLLCTRL Register Summary
        2. 26.3.6.2 DPLLCTRL Register Description
    4. 26.4 PCIe PHY Subsystem
      1. 26.4.1 PCIe PHY Subsystem Overview
        1. 26.4.1.1 PCIe PHY Subsystem Key Features
      2. 26.4.2 PCIe PHY Subsystem Environment
        1. 26.4.2.1 PCIe PHY I/O Signals
      3. 26.4.3 PCIe Shared PHY Subsystem Integration
      4. 26.4.4 PCIe PHY Subsystem Functional Description
        1. 26.4.4.1 PCIe PHY Subsystem Block Diagram
        2. 26.4.4.2 OCP2SCP Functional Description
          1. 26.4.4.2.1 OCP2SCP Reset
            1. 26.4.4.2.1.1 Hardware Reset
            2. 26.4.4.2.1.2 Software Reset
          2. 26.4.4.2.2 OCP2SCP Power Management
            1. 26.4.4.2.2.1 Idle Mode
            2. 26.4.4.2.2.2 Clock Gating
          3. 26.4.4.2.3 OCP2SCP Timing Registers
        3. 26.4.4.3 PCIe PHY Serializer and Deserializer Functional Descriptions
          1. 26.4.4.3.1 PCIe PHY Module Resets
            1. 26.4.4.3.1.1 Hardware Reset
            2. 26.4.4.3.1.2 Software Reset
          2. 26.4.4.3.2 PCIe PHY Subsystem Clocking
            1. 26.4.4.3.2.1 PCIe PHY Subsystem Input Clocks
            2. 26.4.4.3.2.2 PCIe PHY Subsystem Output Clocks
          3. 26.4.4.3.3 PCIe PHY Power Management
            1. 26.4.4.3.3.1 PCIe PHY Power-Up/-Down Sequences
            2. 26.4.4.3.3.2 PCIe PHY Low-Power Modes
            3. 26.4.4.3.3.3 Clock Gating
          4. 26.4.4.3.4 PCIe PHY Hardware Requests
        4. 26.4.4.4 PCIe PHY Clock Generator Subsystem Functional Description
          1. 26.4.4.4.1 PCIe PHY DPLL Clock Generator
            1. 26.4.4.4.1.1 PCIe PHY DPLL Clock Generator Overview
            2. 26.4.4.4.1.2 PCIe PHY DPLL Clock Generator Reset
            3. 26.4.4.4.1.3 PCIe PHY DPLL Low-Power Modes
            4. 26.4.4.4.1.4 PCIe PHY DPLL Clocks Configuration
              1. 26.4.4.4.1.4.1 PCIe PHY DPLL Input Clock Control
              2. 26.4.4.4.1.4.2 PCIe PHY DPLL Output Clock Configuration
                1. 26.4.4.4.1.4.2.1 PCIe PHY DPLL Output Clock Gating
            5. 26.4.4.4.1.5 PCIe PHY DPLL Subsystem Architecture
            6. 26.4.4.4.1.6 PCIe PHY DPLL Clock Generator Modes and State Transitions
              1. 26.4.4.4.1.6.1 PCIe PHY Clock Generator Power Up
              2. 26.4.4.4.1.6.2 PCIe PHY DPLL Sequences
              3. 26.4.4.4.1.6.3 PCIe PHY DPLL Locked Mode
              4. 26.4.4.4.1.6.4 PCIe PHY DPLL Idle-Bypass Mode
              5. 26.4.4.4.1.6.5 PCIe PHY DPLL Low Power Stop Mode
              6. 26.4.4.4.1.6.6 PCIe PHY DPLL Clock Programming Sequence
              7. 26.4.4.4.1.6.7 PCIe PHY DPLL Recommended Values
          2. 26.4.4.4.2 PCIe PHY APLL Clock Generator
            1. 26.4.4.4.2.1 PCIe PHY APLL Clock Generator Overview
            2. 26.4.4.4.2.2 PCIe PHY APLL Clock Generator Reset
            3. 26.4.4.4.2.3 PCIe PHY APLL Low-Power Mode
            4. 26.4.4.4.2.4 PCIe PHY APLL Clocks Configuration
              1. 26.4.4.4.2.4.1 PCIe PHY APLL Input Clock Control
              2. 26.4.4.4.2.4.2 PCIe PHY APLL Output Clock Configuration
                1. 26.4.4.4.2.4.2.1 PCIe PHY APLL Output Clock Gating
            5. 26.4.4.4.2.5 PCIe PHY APLL Subsystem Architecture
            6. 26.4.4.4.2.6 PCIe PHY APLL Clock Generator Modes and State Transitions
              1. 26.4.4.4.2.6.1 PCIe PHY APLL Clock Generator Power Up
              2. 26.4.4.4.2.6.2 PCIe PHY APLL Sequences
              3. 26.4.4.4.2.6.3 PCIe PHY APLL Locked Mode
          3. 26.4.4.4.3 ACSPCIE reference clock buffer
      5. 26.4.5 PCIePHY Subsystem Low-Level Programming Model
      6. 26.4.6 PCIe PHY Subsystem Register Manual
        1. 26.4.6.1 PCIe PHY Instance Summary
          1. 26.4.6.1.1 PCIe_PHY_RX Registers
            1. 26.4.6.1.1.1 PCIe_PHY_RX Register Summary
            2. 26.4.6.1.1.2 PCIe_PHY_RX Register Description
          2. 26.4.6.1.2 PCIe_PHY_TX Registers
            1. 26.4.6.1.2.1 PCIe_PHY_TX Register Summary
            2. 26.4.6.1.2.2 PCIe_PHY_TX Register Description
          3. 26.4.6.1.3 OCP2SCP Registers
            1. 26.4.6.1.3.1 OCP2SCP Register Summary
            2. 26.4.6.1.3.2 OCP2SCP Register Description
  29. 27General-Purpose Interface
    1. 27.1 General-Purpose Interface Overview
    2. 27.2 General-Purpose Interface Environment
      1. 27.2.1 General-Purpose Interface as a Keyboard Interface
      2. 27.2.2 General-Purpose Interface Signals
    3. 27.3 General-Purpose Interface Integration
    4. 27.4 General-Purpose Interface Functional Description
      1. 27.4.1 General-Purpose Interface Block Diagram
      2. 27.4.2 General-Purpose Interface Interrupt and Wake-Up Features
        1. 27.4.2.1 Synchronous Path: Interrupt Request Generation
        2. 27.4.2.2 Asynchronous Path: Wake-Up Request Generation
        3. 27.4.2.3 Wake-Up Event Conditions During Transition To/From IDLE State
        4. 27.4.2.4 Interrupt (or Wake-Up) Line Release
      3. 27.4.3 General-Purpose Interface Clock Configuration
        1. 27.4.3.1 Clocking
      4. 27.4.4 General-Purpose Interface Hardware and Software Reset
      5. 27.4.5 General-Purpose Interface Power Management
        1. 27.4.5.1 Power Domain
        2. 27.4.5.2 Power Management
          1. 27.4.5.2.1 Idle Scheme
          2. 27.4.5.2.2 Operating Modes
          3. 27.4.5.2.3 System Power Management and Wakeup
          4. 27.4.5.2.4 Module Power Saving
      6. 27.4.6 General-Purpose Interface Interrupt and Wake-Up Requests
        1. 27.4.6.1 Interrupt Requests Generation
        2. 27.4.6.2 Wake-Up Requests Generation
      7. 27.4.7 General-Purpose Interface Channels Description
      8. 27.4.8 General-Purpose Interface Data Input/Output Capabilities
      9. 27.4.9 General-Purpose Interface Set-and-Clear Protocol
        1. 27.4.9.1 Description
        2. 27.4.9.2 Clear Instruction
          1. 27.4.9.2.1 Clear Register Addresses
          2. 27.4.9.2.2 Clear Instruction Example
        3. 27.4.9.3 Set Instruction
          1. 27.4.9.3.1 Set Register Addresses
          2. 27.4.9.3.2 Set Instruction Example
    5. 27.5 General-Purpose Interface Programming Guide
      1. 27.5.1 General-Purpose Interface Low-Level Programming Models
        1. 27.5.1.1 Global Initialization
          1. 27.5.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 27.5.1.1.2 General-Purpose Interface Module Global Initialization
        2. 27.5.1.2 General-Purpose Interface Operational Modes Configuration
          1. 27.5.1.2.1 General-Purpose Interface Read Input Register
          2. 27.5.1.2.2 General-Purpose Interface Set Bit Function
          3. 27.5.1.2.3 General-Purpose Interface Clear Bit Function
    6. 27.6 General-Purpose Interface Register Manual
      1. 27.6.1 General-Purpose Interface Instance Summary
      2. 27.6.2 General-Purpose Interface Registers
        1. 27.6.2.1 General-Purpose Interface Register Summary
        2. 27.6.2.2 General-Purpose Interface Register Description
  30. 28Keyboard Controller
    1. 28.1 Keyboard Controller Overview
    2. 28.2 Keyboard Controller Environment
      1. 28.2.1 Keyboard Controller Functions/Modes
      2. 28.2.2 Keyboard Controller Signals
      3. 28.2.3 Protocols and Data Formats
    3. 28.3 Keyboard Controller Integration
    4. 28.4 Keyboard Controller Functional Description
      1. 28.4.1 Keyboard Controller Block Diagram
      2. 28.4.2 Keyboard Controller Software Reset
      3. 28.4.3 Keyboard Controller Power Management
      4. 28.4.4 Keyboard Controller Interrupt Requests
      5. 28.4.5 Keyboard Controller Software Mode
      6. 28.4.6 Keyboard Controller Hardware Decoding Modes
        1. 28.4.6.1 Functional Modes
        2. 28.4.6.2 Keyboard Controller Timer
        3. 28.4.6.3 State-Machine Status
        4. 28.4.6.4 Keyboard Controller Interrupt Generation
          1. 28.4.6.4.1 Interrupt-Generation Scheme
          2. 28.4.6.4.2 Keyboard Buffer and Missed Events (Overrun Feature)
      7. 28.4.7 Keyboard Controller Key Coding Registers
      8. 28.4.8 Keyboard Controller Register Access
        1. 28.4.8.1 Write Registers Access
        2. 28.4.8.2 Read Registers Access
    5. 28.5 Keyboard Controller Programming Guide
      1. 28.5.1 Keyboard Controller Low-Level Programming Models
        1. 28.5.1.1 Global Initialization
          1. 28.5.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 28.5.1.1.2 Keyboard Controller Global Initialization
            1. 28.5.1.1.2.1 Main Sequence – Keyboard Controller Global Initialization
        2. 28.5.1.2 Operational Modes Configuration
          1. 28.5.1.2.1 Keyboard Controller in Hardware Decoding Mode (Default Mode)
            1. 28.5.1.2.1.1 Main Sequence – Keyboard Controller Hardware Mode
          2. 28.5.1.2.2 Keyboard Controller Software Scanning Mode
            1. 28.5.1.2.2.1 Main Sequence – Keyboard Controller Software Mode
          3. 28.5.1.2.3 Using the Timer
          4. 28.5.1.2.4 State-Machine Status Register
        3. 28.5.1.3 Keyboard Controller Events Servicing
    6. 28.6 Keyboard Controller Register Manual
      1. 28.6.1 Keyboard Controller Instance Summary
      2. 28.6.2 Keyboard Controller Registers
        1. 28.6.2.1 Keyboard Controller Register Summary
        2. 28.6.2.2 Keyboard Controller Register Description
  31. 29Pulse-Width Modulation Subsystem
    1. 29.1 PWM Subsystem Resources
      1. 29.1.1 PWMSS Overview
        1. 29.1.1.1 PWMSS Key Features
        2. 29.1.1.2 PWMSS Unsupported Fetaures
      2. 29.1.2 PWMSS Environment
        1. 29.1.2.1 PWMSS I/O Interface
      3. 29.1.3 PWMSS Integration
        1. 29.1.3.1 PWMSS Module Interfaces Implementation
          1. 29.1.3.1.1 Device Specific PWMSS Features
          2. 29.1.3.1.2 Daisy-Chain Connectivity between PWMSS Modules
          3. 29.1.3.1.3 eHRPWM Modules Time Base Clock Gating
      4. 29.1.4 PWMSS Subsystem Power, Reset and Clock Configuration
        1. 29.1.4.1 PWMSS Local Clock Management
        2. 29.1.4.2 PWMSS Modules Local Clock Gating
        3. 29.1.4.3 PWMSS Software Reset
      5. 29.1.5 PWMSS_CFG Register Manual
        1. 29.1.5.1 PWMSS_CFG Instance Summary
        2. 29.1.5.2 PWMSS_CFG Registers
          1. 29.1.5.2.1 PWMSS_CFG Register Summary
          2. 29.1.5.2.2 PWMSS_CFG Register Description
    2. 29.2 Enhanced PWM (ePWM) Module
    3. 29.3 Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Module
    4. 29.4 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP) Module
  32. 30Programmable Real-Time Unit Subsystem and Industrial Communication Subsystem
    1. 30.1  PRU-ICSS Overview
      1. 30.1.1 PRU-ICSS Key Features
    2. 30.2  PRU-ICSS Environment
      1. 30.2.1 PRU-ICSS I/O Interface
    3. 30.3  PRU-ICSS Integration
    4. 30.4  PRU-ICSS Level Resources Functional Description
      1. 30.4.1 PRU-ICSS Reset Management
      2. 30.4.2 PRU-ICSS Power and Clock Management
        1. 30.4.2.1 PRU-ICSS Idle and Standby States
        2. 30.4.2.2 Module Clock Configurations at PRU-ICSS Top Level
      3. 30.4.3 Other PRU-ICSS Module Functional Registers at Subsystem Level
      4. 30.4.4 PRU-ICSS Memory Maps
        1. 30.4.4.1 PRU-ICSS Local Memory Map
          1. 30.4.4.1.1 PRU-ICSS Local Instruction Memory Map
          2. 30.4.4.1.2 PRU-ICSS Local Data Memory Map
        2. 30.4.4.2 PRU-ICSS Global Memory Map
      5. 30.4.5 PRUSS_CFG Register Manual
        1. 30.4.5.1 PRUSS_CFG Instance Summary
        2. 30.4.5.2 PRUSS_CFG Registers
          1. 30.4.5.2.1 PRUSS_CFG Register Summary
          2. 30.4.5.2.2 PRUSS_CFG Register Description
    5. 30.5  PRU-ICSS PRU Cores
    6. 30.6  PRU-ICSS Local Interrupt Controller
      1. 30.6.1 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Controller Overview
      2. 30.6.2 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Controller Functional Description
        1. 30.6.2.1 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Controller System Events
        2. 30.6.2.2 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Controller System Events Flow
          1. 30.6.2.2.1 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Processing
            1. 30.6.2.2.1.1 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Enabling
          2. 30.6.2.2.2 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Status Checking
          3. 30.6.2.2.3 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Channel Mapping
            1. 30.6.2.2.3.1 PRU-ICSS Host Interrupt Mapping
            2. 30.6.2.2.3.2 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Prioritization
          4. 30.6.2.2.4 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Nesting
          5. 30.6.2.2.5 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Status Clearing
        3. 30.6.2.3 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Disabling
      3. 30.6.3 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Controller Basic Programming Model
      4. 30.6.4 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Requests Mapping
      5. 30.6.5 PRU-ICSS Interrupt Controller Register Manual
        1. 30.6.5.1 PRUSS_INTC Instance Summary
        2. 30.6.5.2 PRUSS_INTC Registers
          1. 30.6.5.2.1 PRUSS_INTC Register Summary
          2. 30.6.5.2.2 PRUSS_INTC Register Description
    7. 30.7  PRU-ICSS UART Module
      1. 30.7.1 PRU-ICSS UART Module Overview
        1. 30.7.1.1 Purpose of the PRU-ICSS integrated UART Peripheral
        2. 30.7.1.2 PRU-ICSS UART Key Features
          1. 30.7.1.2.1 PRU-ICSS UART Module Industry Standard Compliance Statement
      2. 30.7.2 PRU-ICSS UART Environment
        1. 30.7.2.1 PRU-ICSS UART Pin Multiplexing
        2. 30.7.2.2 PRU-ICSS UART Signal Descriptions
        3. 30.7.2.3 PRU-ICSS UART Data Format and Protocol Description
          1. 30.7.2.3.1 PRU-ICSS UART Transmission Protocol
          2. 30.7.2.3.2 PRU-ICSS UART Reception Protocol
          3. 30.7.2.3.3 PRU-ICSS UART Data Format
            1. 30.7.2.3.3.1 Frame Formatting
        4. 30.7.2.4 PRU-ICSS UART Clock Generation and Control
      3. 30.7.3 PRU-ICSS UART Module Functional Description
        1. 30.7.3.1 PRU-ICSS UART Functional Block Diagram
        2. 30.7.3.2 PRU-ICSS UART Reset Considerations
          1. 30.7.3.2.1 PRU-ICSS UART Software Reset Considerations
          2. 30.7.3.2.2 PRU-ICSS UART Hardware Reset Considerations
        3. 30.7.3.3 PRU-ICSS UART Power Management
        4. 30.7.3.4 PRU-ICSS UART Interrupt Support
          1. 30.7.3.4.1 PRU-ICSS UART Interrupt Events and Requests
          2. 30.7.3.4.2 PRU-ICSS UART Interrupt Multiplexing
          3. 30.7.3.4.3 4060
        5. 30.7.3.5 4061
        6. 30.7.3.6 PRU-ICSS UART DMA Event Support
        7. 30.7.3.7 PRU-ICSS UART Operations
          1. 30.7.3.7.1 PRU-ICSS UART Transmission
          2. 30.7.3.7.2 PRU-ICSS UART Reception
          3. 30.7.3.7.3 PRU-ICSS UART FIFO Modes
            1. 30.7.3.7.3.1 PRU-ICSS UART FIFO Interrupt Mode
            2. 30.7.3.7.3.2 PRU-ICSS UART FIFO Poll Mode
          4. 30.7.3.7.4 PRU-ICSS UART Autoflow Control
            1. 30.7.3.7.4.1 PRU-ICSS UART Signal UART0_RTS Behavior
            2. 30.7.3.7.4.2 PRU-ICSS UART Signal PRUSS_UART0_CTS Behavior
          5. 30.7.3.7.5 PRU-ICSS UART Loopback Control
        8. 30.7.3.8 PRU-ICSS UART Initialization
        9. 30.7.3.9 PRU-ICSS UART Exception Processing
          1. 30.7.3.9.1 PRU-ICSS UART Divisor Latch Not Programmed
          2. 30.7.3.9.2 Changing Operating Mode During Busy Serial Communication of PRU-ICSS UART
      4. 30.7.4 PRUSS_UART Register Manual
        1. 30.7.4.1 PRUSS_UART Instance Summary
        2. 30.7.4.2 PRUSS_UART Registers
          1. 30.7.4.2.1 PRUSS_UART Register Summary
          2. 30.7.4.2.2 PRUSS_UART Register Description
    8. 30.8  PRU-ICSS eCAP Module
      1. 30.8.1 4083
      2. 30.8.2 PRU-ICSS eCAP Functional Description
      3. 30.8.3 PRUSS_ECAP Register Manual
        1. 30.8.3.1 PRUSS_ECAP Instance Summary
        2. 30.8.3.2 PRUSS_ECAP Registers
          1. 30.8.3.2.1 PRUSS_ECAP Register Summary
          2. 30.8.3.2.2 PRUSS_ECAP Register Description
    9. 30.9  PRU-ICSS MII RT Module
      1. 30.9.1 Introduction
        1. 30.9.1.1 Features
        2. 30.9.1.2 Unsupported Features
        3. 30.9.1.3 Block Diagram
      2. 30.9.2 Functional Description
        1. 30.9.2.1 Data Path Configuration
          1. 30.9.2.1.1 Auto-forward with Optional PRU Snoop
          2. 30.9.2.1.2 8- or 16-bit Processing with On-the-Fly Modifications
          3. 30.9.2.1.3 32-byte Double Buffer or Ping-Pong Processing
        2. 30.9.2.2 Definition and Terms
          1. 30.9.2.2.1 Data Frame Structure
          2. 30.9.2.2.2 PRU R30 and R31
          3. 30.9.2.2.3 RX and TX L1 FIFO Data Movement
          4. 30.9.2.2.4 CRC Computation
            1. 30.9.2.2.4.1 Receive CRC Computation
            2. 30.9.2.2.4.2 Transmit CRC Computation
        3. 30.9.2.3 RX MII Interface
          1. 30.9.2.3.1 RX MII Submodule Overview
            1. 30.9.2.3.1.1 Receive Data Latch
              1. 30.9.2.3.1.1.1 Start of Frame Detection
              2. 30.9.2.3.1.1.2 CRC Error Detection
              3. 30.9.2.3.1.1.3 RX Error Detection and Action
            2. 30.9.2.3.1.2 RX Data Path Options to PRU
              1. 30.9.2.3.1.2.1 RX MII Port → RX L1 FIFO → PRU
              2. 30.9.2.3.1.2.2 RX MII Port → RX L1 FIFO → RX L2 Buffer → PRU
        4. 30.9.2.4 TX MII Interface
          1. 30.9.2.4.1 TX Data Path Options to TX L1 FIFO
            1. 30.9.2.4.1.1 PRU → TX L1 FIFO → TX MII Port
            2. 30.9.2.4.1.2 RX L1 FIFO → TX L1 FIFO → TX MII Port
        5. 30.9.2.5 PRU R31 Command Interface
        6. 30.9.2.6 Other Configuration Options
          1. 30.9.2.6.1 Nibble and Byte Order
          2. 30.9.2.6.2 Preamble Source
          3. 30.9.2.6.3 PRU and MII Port Multiplexer
            1. 30.9.2.6.3.1 Receive Multiplexer
            2. 30.9.2.6.3.2 Transmit Multiplexer
          4. 30.9.2.6.4 RX L2 Scratch Pad
      3. 30.9.3 PRU-ICSS MII RT Module Register Manual
        1. 30.9.3.1 PRUSS_MII_RT Instance Summary
        2. 30.9.3.2 PRUSS_MII_RT Registers
          1. 30.9.3.2.1 PRUSS_MII_RT Register Summary
          2. 30.9.3.2.2 PRUSS_MII_RT Register Description
    10. 30.10 PRU-ICSS MII MDIO Module
      1. 30.10.1 PRU-ICSS MII MDIO Overview
      2. 30.10.2 PRU-ICSS MII MDIO Functional Description
        1. 30.10.2.1 MII MDIO Management Interface Frame Formats
        2. 30.10.2.2 PRU-ICSS MII MDIO Interractions
        3. 30.10.2.3 PRU-ICSS MII MDIO Interrupts
      3. 30.10.3 PRU-ICSS MII MDIO Receive/Transmit Frame Host Software Interface
      4. 30.10.4 PRU-ICSS MII MDIO Module Register Manual
        1. 30.10.4.1 PRUSS_MII_MDIO Instance Summary
        2. 30.10.4.2 PRUSS_MII_MDIO Registers
          1. 30.10.4.2.1 PRUSS_MII_MDIO Register Summary
          2. 30.10.4.2.2 PRUSS_MII_MDIO Register Description
    11. 30.11 PRU-ICSS Industrial Ethernet Peripheral (IEP)
      1. 30.11.1 PRU-ICSS IEP Overview
      2. 30.11.2 PRU-ICSS IEP Functional Description
        1. 30.11.2.1 PRU-ICSS IEP Clock Generation
        2. 30.11.2.2 PRU-ICSS Industrial Ethernet Timer
          1. 30.11.2.2.1 PRU-ICSS Industrial Ethernet Timer Features
          2. 30.11.2.2.2 Industrial Ethernet Mapping
          3. 30.11.2.2.3 PRU-ICSS Industrial Ethernet Timer Basic Programming Sequence
        3. 30.11.2.3 PRU-ICSS IEP Sync0/Sync1 Signals Generation
          1. 30.11.2.3.1 PRU-ICSS IEP Sync0/Sync1 Features
          2. 30.11.2.3.2 PRU-ICSS IEP Sync0/Sync1 Generation Modes
        4. 30.11.2.4 PRU-ICSS Industrial Ethernet WatchDog
          1. 30.11.2.4.1 Features
        5. 30.11.2.5 PRU-ICSS Industrial Ethernet Digital IOs
          1. 30.11.2.5.1 Features
          2. 30.11.2.5.2 4160
          3. 30.11.2.5.3 DIGIO Block Diagrams
          4. 30.11.2.5.4 Basic Programming Model
      3. 30.11.3 PRUSS_IEP Register Manual
        1. 30.11.3.1 PRUSS_IEP Instance Summary
        2. 30.11.3.2 PRUSS_IEP Registers
          1. 30.11.3.2.1 PRUSS_IEP Register Summary
          2. 30.11.3.2.2 PRUSS_IEP Register Description
  33. 31Viterbi-Decoder Coprocessor
  34. 32Audio Tracking Logic
  35. 33Initialization
    1. 33.1 Initialization Overview
      1. 33.1.1 Terminology
      2. 33.1.2 Initialization Process
    2. 33.2 Preinitialization
      1. 33.2.1 Power Requirements
      2. 33.2.2 Boot Device Conditions
      3. 33.2.3 Clock, Reset, and Control
        1. 33.2.3.1 Overview
        2. 33.2.3.2 Clocking Scheme
        3. 33.2.3.3 Reset Configuration
          1. 33.2.3.3.1 ON/OFF Interconnect and Power-On-Reset
          2. 33.2.3.3.2 Warm Reset
          3. 33.2.3.3.3 Peripheral Reset by GPIO
          4. 33.2.3.3.4 Warm Reset Impact on GPIOs
        4. 33.2.3.4 PMIC Control
        5. 33.2.3.5 PMIC Request Signals
      4. 33.2.4 Sysboot Configuration
        1. 33.2.4.1 GPMC Configuration for XIP/NAND
        2. 33.2.4.2 System Clock Speed Selection
        3. 33.2.4.3 QSPI Redundant SBL Images Offset
        4. 33.2.4.4 Booting Device Order Selection
        5. 33.2.4.5 4192
        6. 33.2.4.6 Boot Peripheral Pin Multiplexing
    3. 33.3 Device Initialization by ROM Code
      1. 33.3.1 Booting Overview
        1. 33.3.1.1 Booting Types
        2. 33.3.1.2 ROM Code Architecture
      2. 33.3.2 Memory Maps
        1. 33.3.2.1 ROM Memory Map
        2. 33.3.2.2 RAM Memory Map
      3. 33.3.3 Overall Booting Sequence
      4. 33.3.4 Startup and Configuration
        1. 33.3.4.1 Startup
        2. 33.3.4.2 Control Module Configuration
        3. 33.3.4.3 PRCM Module Mode Configuration
        4. 33.3.4.4 Clocking Configuration
        5. 33.3.4.5 Booting Device List Setup
      5. 33.3.5 Peripheral Booting
        1. 33.3.5.1 Description
        2. 33.3.5.2 Initialization Phase for UART Boot
        3. 33.3.5.3 Initialization Phase for USB Boot
          1. 33.3.5.3.1 Initialization Procedure
          2. 33.3.5.3.2 SATA Peripheral Device Flashing over USB Interface
          3. 33.3.5.3.3 USB Driver Descriptors
          4. 33.3.5.3.4 4215
          5. 33.3.5.3.5 USB Customized Vendor and Product IDs
          6. 33.3.5.3.6 USB Driver Functionality
      6. 33.3.6 Fast External Booting
        1. 33.3.6.1 Overview
        2. 33.3.6.2 Fast External Booting Procedure
      7. 33.3.7 Memory Booting
        1. 33.3.7.1 Overview
        2. 33.3.7.2 Non-XIP Memory
        3. 33.3.7.3 XIP Memory
          1. 33.3.7.3.1 GPMC Initialization
        4. 33.3.7.4 NAND
          1. 33.3.7.4.1 Initialization and NAND Detection
          2. 33.3.7.4.2 NAND Read Sector Procedure
        5. 33.3.7.5 SPI/QSPI Flash Devices
        6. 33.3.7.6 eMMC Memories and SD Cards
          1. 33.3.7.6.1 eMMC Memories
            1. 33.3.7.6.1.1 System Conditions and Limitations
            2. 33.3.7.6.1.2 eMMC Memory Connection
          2. 33.3.7.6.2 SD Cards
            1. 33.3.7.6.2.1 System Conditions and Limitations
            2. 33.3.7.6.2.2 SD Card Connection
            3. 33.3.7.6.2.3 Booting Procedure
            4. 33.3.7.6.2.4 eMMC Partitions Handling in Alternative Boot Operation Mode
              1. 33.3.7.6.2.4.1 eMMC Devices Preflashing
              2. 33.3.7.6.2.4.2 eMMC Device State After ROM Code Execution
              3. 33.3.7.6.2.4.3 Consideration on device Global Warm Reset
              4. 33.3.7.6.2.4.4 Booting Image Size
              5. 33.3.7.6.2.4.5 Booting Image Layout
          3. 33.3.7.6.3 Initialization and Detection
          4. 33.3.7.6.4 Read Sector Procedure
          5. 33.3.7.6.5 File System Handling
            1. 33.3.7.6.5.1 MBR and FAT File System
        7. 33.3.7.7 SATA Device Boot Operation
          1. 33.3.7.7.1 SATA Booting Overview
          2. 33.3.7.7.2 SATA Power-Up Initialization Sequence
          3. 33.3.7.7.3 System Conditions and Limitations for SATA Boot
          4. 33.3.7.7.4 SATA Read Sector Procedure in FAT Mode
      8. 33.3.8 Image Format
        1. 33.3.8.1 Overview
        2. 33.3.8.2 Configuration Header
          1. 33.3.8.2.1 CHSETTINGS Item
          2. 33.3.8.2.2 CHFLASH Item
          3. 33.3.8.2.3 CHMMCSD Item
          4. 33.3.8.2.4 CHQSPI Item
        3. 33.3.8.3 GP Header
        4. 33.3.8.4 Image Execution
      9. 33.3.9 Tracing
    4. 33.4 Services for HLOS Support
      1. 33.4.1 Hypervisor
      2. 33.4.2 Caches Maintenance
      3. 33.4.3 CP15 Registers
      4. 33.4.4 Wakeup Generator
      5. 33.4.5 Arm Timer
      6. 33.4.6 MReq Domain
  36. 34On-Chip Debug Support
    1. 34.1  Introduction
      1. 34.1.1 Key Features
    2. 34.2  Debug Interfaces
      1. 34.2.1 IEEE1149.1
      2. 34.2.2 Debug (Trace) Port
      3. 34.2.3 Trace Connector and Board Layout Considerations
    3. 34.3  Debugger Connection
      1. 34.3.1 ICEPick Module
      2. 34.3.2 ICEPick Boot Modes
        1. 34.3.2.1 Default Boot Mode
        2. 34.3.2.2 Wait-In-Reset
      3. 34.3.3 Dynamic TAP Insertion
        1. 34.3.3.1 ICEPick Secondary TAPs
    4. 34.4  Primary Debug Support
      1. 34.4.1 Processor Native Debug Support
        1. 34.4.1.1 Cortex-A15 Processor
        2. 34.4.1.2 Cortex-M4 Processor
        3. 34.4.1.3 DSP C66x
        4. 34.4.1.4 IVA Arm968
        5. 34.4.1.5 PRU
      2. 34.4.2 Cross-Triggering
        1. 34.4.2.1 SoC-Level Cross-Triggering
        2. 34.4.2.2 Cross-Triggering With External Device
      3. 34.4.3 Suspend
        1. 34.4.3.1 Debug Aware Peripherals and Host Processors
    5. 34.5  Real-Time Debug
      1. 34.5.1 Real-Time Debug Events
        1. 34.5.1.1 Emulation Interrupts
    6. 34.6  Power, Reset, and Clock Management Debug Support
      1. 34.6.1 Power and Clock Management
        1. 34.6.1.1 Power and Clock Control Override From Debugger
          1. 34.6.1.1.1 Debugger Directives
            1. 34.6.1.1.1.1 FORCEACTIVE Debugger Directive
            2. 34.6.1.1.1.2 INHIBITSLEEP Debugger Directive
          2. 34.6.1.1.2 Intrusive Debug Model
        2. 34.6.1.2 Debug Across Power Transition
          1. 34.6.1.2.1 Nonintrusive Debug Model
          2. 34.6.1.2.2 Debug Context Save and Restore
            1. 34.6.1.2.2.1 Debug Context Save
            2. 34.6.1.2.2.2 Debug Context Restore
      2. 34.6.2 Reset Management
        1. 34.6.2.1 Debugger Directives
          1. 34.6.2.1.1 Assert Reset
          2. 34.6.2.1.2 Block Reset
          3. 34.6.2.1.3 Wait-In-Reset
    7. 34.7  Performance Monitoring
      1. 34.7.1 MPU Subsystem Performance Monitoring
        1. 34.7.1.1 Performance Monitoring Unit
        2. 34.7.1.2 L2 Cache Controller
      2. 34.7.2 IPU Subsystem Performance Monitoring
        1. 34.7.2.1 Subsystem Counter Timer Module
        2. 34.7.2.2 Cache Events
      3. 34.7.3 DSP Subsystem Performance Monitoring
        1. 34.7.3.1 Advanced Event Triggering
    8. 34.8  MPU Memory Adaptor (MPU_MA) Watchpoint
    9. 34.9  Processor Trace
      1. 34.9.1 Cortex-A15 Processor Trace
      2. 34.9.2 DSP Processor Trace
      3. 34.9.3 Trace Export
        1. 34.9.3.1 Trace Exported to External Trace Receiver
        2. 34.9.3.2 Trace Captured Into On-Chip Trace Buffer
        3. 34.9.3.3 Trace Exported Through USB
    10. 34.10 System Instrumentation
      1. 34.10.1 MIPI STM (CT_STM)
      2. 34.10.2 System Trace Export
        1. 34.10.2.1 CT_STM ATB Export
        2. 34.10.2.2 Trace Streams Interleaving
      3. 34.10.3 Software Instrumentation
        1. 34.10.3.1 MPU Software Instrumentation
        2. 34.10.3.2 SoC Software Instrumentation
      4. 34.10.4 OCP Watchpoint
        1. 34.10.4.1 OCP Target Traffic Monitoring
        2. 34.10.4.2 Messages Triggered from System Events
        3. 34.10.4.3 DMA Transfer Profiling
      5. 34.10.5 IVA Pipeline
      6. 34.10.6 L3 NOC Statistics Collector
        1. 34.10.6.1 L3 Target Load Monitoring
        2. 34.10.6.2 L3 Master Latency Monitoring
          1. 34.10.6.2.1  SC_LAT0 Configuration
          2. 34.10.6.2.2  SC_LAT1 Configuration
          3. 34.10.6.2.3  SC_LAT2 Configuration
          4. 34.10.6.2.4  SC_LAT3 Configuration
          5. 34.10.6.2.5  SC_LAT4 Configuration
          6. 34.10.6.2.6  SC_LAT5 Configuration
          7. 34.10.6.2.7  SC_LAT6 Configuration
          8. 34.10.6.2.8  SC_LAT7 Configuration
          9. 34.10.6.2.9  SC_LAT8 Configuration
          10. 34.10.6.2.10 Statistics Collector Alarm Mode
          11. 34.10.6.2.11 Statistics Collector Suspend Mode
      7. 34.10.7 PM Instrumentation
      8. 34.10.8 CM Instrumentation
      9. 34.10.9 Master-ID Encoding
        1. 34.10.9.1 Software Masters
        2. 34.10.9.2 Hardware Masters
    11. 34.11 Concurrent Debug Modes
    12. 34.12 DRM Register Manual
      1. 34.12.1 DRM Instance Summary
      2. 34.12.2 DRM Registers
        1. 34.12.2.1 DRM Register Summary
        2. 34.12.2.2 DRM Register Description
  37. 35Glossary
  38. 36Revision History

3.13.35.2 DEVICE_PRM Register Description

Table 3-1012 PRM_RSTCTRL
Address Offset0x0000 0000
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D00InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionGlobal software cold and warm reset control. This register is auto-cleared. Only write 1 is possible. A read returns 0 only.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDRST_GLOBAL_COLD_SWRST_GLOBAL_WARM_SW
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:2RESERVEDR0x0
1RST_GLOBAL_COLD_SWGlobal COLD software reset control. This bit is reset only upon a global cold source of reset.RW0x0
0x0: Global COLD software reset is cleared.
0x1: Triggers a global COLD software reset. The software must ensure the SDRAM is properly put in sef-refresh mode before applying this reset.
0RST_GLOBAL_WARM_SWGlobal WARM software reset control. This bit is reset upon any global source of reset (warm and cold).RW0x0
0x0: Global warm software reset is cleared.
0x1: Triggers a global warm software reset.
Table 3-1013 PRM_RSTST
Address Offset0x0000 0004
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D04InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register logs the global reset sources. Each bit is set upon release of the domain reset signal. Must be cleared by software. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDTSHUT_IVA_RSTTSHUT_DSPEVE_RSTLLI_RSTTSHUT_CORE_RSTTSHUT_MM_RSTTSHUT_MPU_RSTC2C_RSTICEPICK_RSTVDD_CORE_VOLT_MGR_RSTVDD_MM_VOLT_MGR_RSTVDD_MPU_VOLT_MGR_RSTEXTERNAL_WARM_RSTSECURE_WDT_RSTMPU_WDT_RSTMPU_SECURITY_VIOL_RSTGLOBAL_WARM_SW_RSTGLOBAL_COLD_RST
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:17RESERVEDR0x0
16TSHUT_IVA_RSTTSHUT_IVA warm reset event. This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No TSHUT_MM reset.
0x1: TSHUT_MM reset has occurred.
15TSHUT_DSPEVE_RSTTSHUT_DSPEVE warm reset event. This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No TSHUT_MM reset.
0x1: TSHUT_MM reset has occurred.
14LLI_RSTLLI warm reset event. This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No LLI warm reset.
0x1: LLI warm reset has occurred.
13TSHUT_CORE_RSTTSHUT_CORE warm reset event. This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No TSHUT_CORE reset.
0x1: TSHUT_CORE reset has occurred.
12TSHUT_MM_RSTTSHUT_GPU warm reset event. This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No TSHUT_MM reset.
0x1: TSHUT_MM reset has occurred.
11TSHUT_MPU_RSTTSHUT_MPU warm reset event. This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No TSHUT_MPU reset.
0x1: TSHUT_MPU reset has occurred.
10C2C_RSTC2C warm reset event. This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No C2C warm reset.
0x1: C2C warm reset has occurred.
9ICEPICK_RSTIcePick reset event. This is a source of global warm reset initiated by the emulation.RW0x0
0x0: No ICEPICK reset.
0x1: IcePick reset has occurred.
8VDD_CORE_VOLT_MGR_RSTVDD_CORE voltage manager reset event This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No VDD_CORE voltage manager reset.
0x1: VDD_CORE voltage manager reset has occurred.
7VDD_MM_VOLT_MGR_RSTVDD_MM voltage manager reset event This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No VDD_MM voltage manager reset.
0x1: VDD_MM voltage manager reset has occurred.
6VDD_MPU_VOLT_MGR_RSTVDD_MPU voltage manager reset event This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No VDD_MPU voltage manager reset.
0x1: VDD_MPU voltage manager reset has occurred.
5EXTERNAL_WARM_RSTExternal warm reset eventRW0x0
0x0: No global warm reset.
0x1: Global external warm reset has occurred.
4SECURE_WDT_RSTSecure Watchdog timer or HDCP reset event. This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No Secure watchdog / HDCP reset.
0x1: Secure wachtdog or HDCP reset has occurred.
3MPU_WDT_RSTWD_TIMER2 and MPU subsystem watchdog reset event. This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No reset.
0x1: Reset has occurred.
2MPU_SECURITY_VIOL_RSTSecurity violation reset event triggered by Security State Machine inside MPUSS. This is a source of global WARM reset.RW0x0
0x0: No security violation reset.
0x1: Security violation reset has occurred.
1GLOBAL_WARM_SW_RSTGlobal warm software reset eventRW0x0
0x0: No global warm SW reset
0x1: Global warm SW reset has occurred.
0GLOBAL_COLD_RSTPower-on (cold) reset eventRW0x1
0x0: No power-on reset.
0x1: Power-on reset has occurred.
Table 3-1014 PRM_RSTTIME
Address Offset0x0000 0008
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D08InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionReset duration control. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDRSTTIME2RSTTIME1
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:15RESERVEDR0x0
14:10RSTTIME2Power domain reset duration 2 in number of RM.SYSCLK clock cycles.RW0x10
0x0: Reserved
9:0RSTTIME1Global reset duration 1 in number of FUNC_32K_CLK clock cycles. This bit-field is only sensitive to the external power-on reset (WKUPAON_SYS_PWRON_RST reset line)RW0x6
0x0: Reserved
Table 3-1015 PRM_VOLTCTRL
Address Offset0x0000 0010
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D10InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register provides voltage domain management controls.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVDD_MM_I2C_DISABLEVDD_MPU_I2C_DISABLEVDD_CORE_I2C_DISABLERESERVEDVDD_MM_PRESENCEVDD_MPU_PRESENCERESERVEDAUTO_CTRL_VDD_MM_LAUTO_CTRL_VDD_MPU_LAUTO_CTRL_VDD_CORE_L
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:15RESERVEDR0x0
14VDD_MM_I2C_DISABLEThis bit allows disabling I2C interface with powerIC for MM voltage (for debug purpose only). [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
0x0: Normal mode: I2C is enabled.
0x1: Debug mode: I2C is disabled.
13VDD_MPU_I2C_DISABLEThis bit allows disabling I2C interface with powerIC for MPU voltage (for debug purpose only). [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
0x0: Normal mode: I2C is enabled.
0x1: Debug mode: I2C is disabled.
12VDD_CORE_I2C_DISABLEThis bit allows disabling I2C interface with powerIC for CORE voltage (for debug purpose only). [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
0x0: Normal mode: I2C is enabled.
0x1: Debug mode: I2C is disabled.
11:10RESERVEDR0x0
9VDD_MM_PRESENCEThis bit control the presence of MM voltage in device. [warm reset insensitive]RW0x1
0x0: MM voltage is not present as an individual voltage: MM voltage is merged with MPU voltage if VDD_MPU_presence=1. MM voltage is merged with CORE voltage if VDD_MPU_presence=0.
0x1: MM voltage is present on the device.
8VDD_MPU_PRESENCEThis bit control the presence of MPU voltage in device. [warm reset insensitive]RW0x1
0x0: MPU voltage is not present as an individual voltage: MPU voltage is merged with MM voltage if VDD_MM_presence=1. MPU voltage is merged with CORE voltage if VDD_MM_presence=0.
0x1: MPU voltage is present on the device.
7:6RESERVEDR0x0
5:4AUTO_CTRL_VDD_MM_LThis bit field specifies the state to which the hardware can automatically transition the VDD_MM_L voltage domain.RW0x0
0x0: Voltage domain transitions are disabled.
0x1: Voltage domain transitions to SLEEP are enabled.
0x2: Voltage domain transitions to RET are enabled.
0x3: reserved
3:2AUTO_CTRL_VDD_MPU_LThis bit field specifies the state to which the hardware can automatically transition the VDD_MPU_L voltage domain.RW0x0
0x0: Voltage domain transitions are disabled.
0x1: Voltage domain transitions to SLEEP are enabled.
0x2: Voltage domain transitions to RET are enabled.
0x3: reserved
1:0AUTO_CTRL_VDD_CORE_LThis bit field specifies the state to which the hardware can automatically transition the VDD_CORE_L voltage domain.RW0x0
0x0: Voltage domain transitions are disabled.
0x1: Voltage domain transitions to SLEEP are enabled.
0x2: Voltage domain transitions to RET are enabled.
0x3: reserved
Table 3-1016 PRM_PWRREQCTRL
Address Offset0x0000 0014
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D14InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows controlling the PWRREQ signal towards power IC.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDPWRREQ_COND
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:2RESERVEDR0x0
1:0PWRREQ_CONDControl upon which condition from MPU, MM and CORE voltage domains PWRREQ is de-asserted.RW0x0
0x0: PWRREQ is never de-asserted
0x1: PWRREQ is de-asserted if all voltage domain are in SLEEP, RET or OFF state. Conversely, PWRREQ is asserted upon any voltage domain entering or staying in ON state.
0x2: PWRREQ is de-asserted if all voltage domain are in RET or OFF state. Conversely, PWRREQ is asserted upon any voltage domain entering or staying in ON or SLEEP state.
0x3: PWRREQ is de-asserted if all voltage domain are in OFF state. Conversely, PWRREQ is asserted upon any voltage domain entering or staying in ON or SLEEP or RET state.
Table 3-1017 PRM_PSCON_COUNT
Address Offset0x0000 0018
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D18InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows controlling 2 parameters for power state controller. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDHG_PONOUT_2_PGOODIN_TIMEPONOUT_2_PGOODIN_TIMEPCHARGE_TIME
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24RESERVEDR0x0
23:16HG_PONOUT_2_PGOODIN_TIMEThe value 'NbCycles' set in this field determines the duration of the PONOUT to PGOODIN transition for power domain without DPS. The duration is computed as 8 x NbCycles of system clock cycles. Target is 10us.RW0x30
15:8PONOUT_2_PGOODIN_TIMEThe value 'NbCycles' set in this field determines the duration of the PONOUT to PGOODIN transition for power domain without DPS. The duration is computed as 8 x NbCycles of system clock cycles. Target is 10us.RW0x30
7:0PCHARGE_TIMENumber of system clock cycles for the SRAM pre-charge duration. Target is 600ns.RW0x17
Table 3-1018 PRM_IO_COUNT
Address Offset0x0000 001C
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D1CInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows controlling DDR IO isolation removal setup. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDISO_2_ON_TIME
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:8RESERVEDR0x0
7:0ISO_2_ON_TIMEDetermines the setup time of the DDR IOs going out of isolation. Counting on the system clock. Target is 1.5us.RW0x3a
Table 3-1019 PRM_IO_PMCTRL
Address Offset0x0000 0020
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D20InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows controlling power management features of the IOs.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDGLOBAL_WUENRESERVEDWUCLK_STATUSWUCLK_CTRLRESERVEDIO_ON_STATUSISOOVR_EXTENDRESERVEDISOCLK_STATUSISOCLK_OVERRIDE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:17RESERVEDR0x0
16GLOBAL_WUENGlobal IO wakeup enable. This is a gating condition to all individual IO WUEN coming from control module. Gating is done in the Spinner logic.RW0x0
0x0: All individual IO WUEN are gated in the Spinner logic (overriden to 0).
0x1: All individual IO WUEN from control module are going to IOs.
15:10RESERVEDR0x0
9WUCLK_STATUSGives value of WUCLKOUT signal coming back from IO pad ring.R0x0
8WUCLK_CTRLDirect control on WUCLKIN signal to IO pad ring.RW0x0
0x0: WUCLKIN signal is driven to 0. IO wakeup daisy chain is functional as well as IO whose wakeup feature is enabled.
0x1: WUCLKIN signal is driven to 1. IO wakeup daisy chain is reset and is latching current pad states and WUEN inputs.
7:6RESERVEDR0x0
5IO_ON_STATUSGives the functional status of the IO ring.R0x1
0x0: Part or all of the IOs are not in the ON state, that is are in isolation state.
0x1: All IOs are in the ON state.
4ISOOVR_EXTENDControl non-EMIF IO isolation extension upon a device wakeup from OFF mode.RW0x0
0x0: Non-EMIF IO isolation is not extended. 'EMIF_ON' IO transition happens as soon as automatic restore is completed.
0x1: Non-EMIF IO isolation is extended. 'EMIF_ON' IO transition is stalled.
3:2RESERVEDR0x0
1ISOCLK_STATUSGives value of ISOCLKOUT signal coming back from IO pad ring.R0x0
0ISOCLK_OVERRIDEOverride control on ISOCLKIN signal to IO pad ring. Used at boot time when it is needed to change the mode of an IO from 1.8V default mode to 1.2V mode. When not overriden, this signal is controlled by hardware only.RW0x0
0x0: ISOCLKIN signal is not overriden.
0x1: ISOCLKIN signal is overriden to active value ('1').
Table 3-1020 PRM_VOLTSETUP_WARMRESET
Address Offset0x0000 0024
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D24InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register provides bit-fields for specifying voltage stabilization duration upon a global warm reset. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSTABLE_PRESCALRESERVEDSTABLE_COUNT
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:10RESERVEDR0x0
9:8STABLE_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for stabilization duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 32 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 256 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 16384 system clock cycles
7:6RESERVEDR0x0
5:0STABLE_COUNTDetermines the stabilization duration of all VDD_xxx_L regulators upon a global warm reset assertion. The duration is computed according to Stable_Prescal.RW0x0
Table 3-1021 PRM_VOLTSETUP_CORE_OFF
Address Offset0x0000 0028
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D28InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register provides bit-fields for specifying voltage ramp-up and ramp-down times for PRM managed external regulators. These values are used for VDD_CORE_L domain transitions with OFF state. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDRAMP_DOWN_PRESCALRESERVEDRAMP_DOWN_COUNTRESERVEDRAMP_UP_PRESCALRESERVEDRAMP_UP_COUNT
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:26RESERVEDR0x0
25:24RAMP_DOWN_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for ramp-down duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 64 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 256 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 512 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
23:22RESERVEDR0x0
21:16RAMP_DOWN_COUNTDetermines the ramp-down duration of VDD_CORE_L regulators. The duration is computed according to Ramp_Down_Prescal.RW0x0
15:10RESERVEDR0x0
9:8RAMP_UP_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for ramp-up duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 64 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 256 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 512 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
7:6RESERVEDR0x0
5:0RAMP_UP_COUNTDetermines the ramp-up duration of VDD_CORE_L regulators. The duration is computed according to Ramp_Up_Prescal. At cold reset, PRCM assumes that VDD_CORE_L will be at a valid ON voltage before SYS_NRESPWRON is de-asserted.RW0x0
Table 3-1022 PRM_VOLTSETUP_MPU_OFF
Address Offset0x0000 002C
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D2CInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register provides bit-fields for specifying voltage ramp-up and ramp-down times for PRM managed external regulators. These values are used for VDD_MPU_L domain transitions to or from OFF state. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDRAMP_DOWN_PRESCALRESERVEDRAMP_DOWN_COUNTRESERVEDRAMP_UP_PRESCALRESERVEDRAMP_UP_COUNT
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:26RESERVEDR0x0
25:24RAMP_DOWN_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for ramp-down duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 64 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 256 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 512 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
23:22RESERVEDR0x0
21:16RAMP_DOWN_COUNTDetermines the ramp-down duration of VDD_MPU_L regulators. The duration is computed according to Ramp_Down_Prescal.RW0x0
15:10RESERVEDR0x0
9:8RAMP_UP_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for ramp-up duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 64 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 256 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 512 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
7:6RESERVEDR0x0
5:0RAMP_UP_COUNTDetermines the ramp-up duration of VDD_MPU_L regulators. The duration is computed according to Ramp_Up_Prescal. At cold reset, PRCM assumes that VDD_MPU_L will be at a valid ON voltage before SYS_NRESPWRON is de-asserted.RW0x0
Table 3-1023 PRM_VOLTSETUP_MM_OFF
Address Offset0x0000 0030
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D30InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register provides bit-fields for specifying voltage ramp-up and ramp-down times for PRM managed external regulators. These values are used for VDD_MM_L domain transitions to or from OFF state. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDRAMP_DOWN_PRESCALRESERVEDRAMP_DOWN_COUNTRESERVEDRAMP_UP_PRESCALRESERVEDRAMP_UP_COUNT
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:26RESERVEDR0x0
25:24RAMP_DOWN_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for ramp-down duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 64 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 256 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 512 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
23:22RESERVEDR0x0
21:16RAMP_DOWN_COUNTDetermines the ramp-down duration of VDD_MM_L regulators. The duration is computed according to Ramp_Down_Prescal.RW0x0
15:10RESERVEDR0x0
9:8RAMP_UP_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for ramp-up duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 64 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 256 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 512 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
7:6RESERVEDR0x0
5:0RAMP_UP_COUNTDetermines the ramp-up duration of VDD_MM_L regulators. The duration is computed according to Ramp_Up_Prescal. At cold reset, PRCM assumes that VDD_MM_L will be at a valid ON voltage before SYS_NRESPWRON is de-asserted.RW0x0
Table 3-1024 PRM_VOLTSETUP_CORE_RET_SLEEP
Address Offset0x0000 0034
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D34InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register provides bit-fields for specifying voltage ramp-up and ramp-down times for PRM managed external regulators. These values are used for VDD_CORE_L domain transitions between ON and RET or SLEEP state. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDRAMP_DOWN_PRESCALRESERVEDRAMP_DOWN_COUNTRESERVEDRAMP_UP_PRESCALRESERVEDRAMP_UP_COUNT
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:26RESERVEDR0x0
25:24RAMP_DOWN_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for ramp-down duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 64 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 256 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 512 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
23:22RESERVEDR0x0
21:16RAMP_DOWN_COUNTDetermines the ramp-down duration of VDD_CORE_L regulators. The duration is computed according to Ramp_Down_Prescal.RW0x0
15:10RESERVEDR0x0
9:8RAMP_UP_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for ramp-up duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 64 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 256 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 512 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
7:6RESERVEDR0x0
5:0RAMP_UP_COUNTDetermines the ramp-up duration of VDD_CORE_L regulators. The duration is computed according to Ramp_Up_Prescal.RW0x0
Table 3-1025 PRM_VOLTSETUP_MPU_RET_SLEEP
Address Offset0x0000 0038
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D38InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register provides bit-fields for specifying voltage ramp-up and ramp-down times for PRM managed external regulators. These values are used for VDD_MPU_L domain transitions between ON and RET or SLEEP state. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDRAMP_DOWN_PRESCALRESERVEDRAMP_DOWN_COUNTRESERVEDRAMP_UP_PRESCALRESERVEDRAMP_UP_COUNT
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:26RESERVEDR0x0
25:24RAMP_DOWN_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for ramp-down duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 64 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 256 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 512 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
23:22RESERVEDR0x0
21:16RAMP_DOWN_COUNTDetermines the ramp-down duration of VDD_MPU_L regulators. The duration is computed according to Ramp_Down_Prescal.RW0x0
15:10RESERVEDR0x0
9:8RAMP_UP_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for ramp-up duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 64 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 265 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 512 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
7:6RESERVEDR0x0
5:0RAMP_UP_COUNTDetermines the ramp-up duration of VDD_MPU_L regulators. The duration is computed according to Ramp_Up_Prescal.RW0x0
Table 3-1026 PRM_VOLTSETUP_MM_RET_SLEEP
Address Offset0x0000 003C
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D3CInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register provides bit-fields for specifying voltage ramp-up and ramp-down times for PRM managed external regulators. These values are used for VDD_MM_L domain transitions between ON and RET or SLEEP state. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDRAMP_DOWN_PRESCALRESERVEDRAMP_DOWN_COUNTRESERVEDRAMP_UP_PRESCALRESERVEDRAMP_UP_COUNT
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:26RESERVEDR0x0
25:24RAMP_DOWN_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for ramp-down duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 64 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 256 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 512 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-down counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
23:22RESERVEDR0x0
21:16RAMP_DOWN_COUNTDetermines the ramp-down duration of VDD_MM_L regulators. The duration is computed according to Ramp_Down_Prescal.RW0x0
15:10RESERVEDR0x0
9:8RAMP_UP_PRESCALDetermines prescaler for ramp-up duration counting.RW0x0
0x0: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 64 system clock cycles
0x1: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 256 system clock cycles
0x2: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 512 system clock cycles
0x3: Ramp-up counter is incremented every 2048 system clock cycles
7:6RESERVEDR0x0
5:0RAMP_UP_COUNTDetermines the ramp-up duration of VDD_MM_L regulators. The duration is computed according to Ramp_Up_Prescal.RW0x0
Table 3-1027 PRM_VP_CORE_CONFIG
Address Offset0x0000 0040
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D40InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the configuration of the Voltage Processor dedicated to CORE Voltage Domain (VDD_CORE_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
ERROROFFSETERRORGAININITVOLTAGERESERVEDTIMEOUTENINITVDDFORCEUPDATEVPENABLE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24ERROROFFSETOffset value in the Error to Voltage converter (two's complement number).RW0x0
23:16ERRORGAINGain value in the Error to Voltage converter (two's complement number).RW0x0
15:8INITVOLTAGESet the initial voltage level of the SMPS.RW0x0
7:4RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
3TIMEOUTENEnable or disable the timeout capability of the Voltage Controller State Machine.RW0x0
0x0: Timeout is disabled. Loop will wait indefinitely.
0x1: Timeout will occur when TIMEOUT cycles have elapsed.
2INITVDDInitializes the voltage in the Voltage Processor.RW0x0
0x0: Reset the initialization bit.
0x1: The positive edge of InitVdd triggers a write of the value in the InitVoltage into the Voltage Processor.
1FORCEUPDATEForces an update of the SMPS.RW0x0
0x0: Reset the force bit.
0x1: The positive edge of ForceUpdate triggers an update of the voltage to the SMPS.
0VPENABLEEnables or disables the Voltage Processor updates on SR_SInterruptz.RW0x0
0x0: Disables the Voltage Processor.
0x1: Enables the Voltage Processor.
Table 3-1028 PRM_VP_CORE_STATUS
Address Offset0x0000 0044
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D44InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register reflects the idle state of the Voltage Processor dedicated to the CORE Voltage Domain (VDD_CORE_L. This register is read only and automatically updated.
TypeR
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVPINIDLE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:1RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
0VPINIDLECORE Voltage Processor idle status.R0x1
0x0: The Voltage Processor for CORE is processing. Warm reset sensitive
0x1: The Voltage Processor for CORE is in idle state.
Table 3-1029 PRM_VP_CORE_VLIMITTO
Address Offset0x0000 0048
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D48InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the configuration of the voltage limits and timeout values of the Voltage Processor dedicated to the CORE Voltage Domain (VDD_CORE_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
VDDMAXVDDMINTIMEOUT
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24VDDMAXDefines the maximum voltage supply level.RW0x0
23:16VDDMINDefines the minimum voltage supply level.RW0x0
15:0TIMEOUTDefines Voltage Controller maximum wait time for responses.RW0x0
Table 3-1030 PRM_VP_CORE_VOLTAGE
Address Offset0x0000 004C
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D4CInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register indicates the current value of the SMPS voltage for the Voltage Processor dedicated to the CORE Voltage Domain (VDD_CORE_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
FORCEUPDATEWAITVPVOLTAGE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:8FORCEUPDATEWAITThe time voltage processor needs to wait for SMPS to be settled after receiving SMPS acknowledge. This wait can only be used during force_update operation.RW0x111
7:0VPVOLTAGEIndicates the current SMPS programmed voltage.R0x0
Table 3-1031 PRM_VP_CORE_VSTEPMAX
Address Offset0x0000 0050
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D50InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the programming of the maximum voltage step and waiting time of the Voltage Processor dedicated to CORE Voltage Domain (VDD_CORE_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSMPSWAITTIMEMAXVSTEPMAX
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
23:8SMPSWAITTIMEMAXSlew rate for positive voltage step (in number of cycles per step).RW0x0
7:0VSTEPMAXMaximum voltage stepRW0x0
Table 3-1032 PRM_VP_CORE_VSTEPMIN
Address Offset0x0000 0054
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D54InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the programming of the minimum voltage step and waiting time of the Voltage Processor dedicated to the CORE Voltage Domain (VDD_CORE_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSMPSWAITTIMEMINVSTEPMIN
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
23:8SMPSWAITTIMEMINSlew rate for negative voltage step (in number of cycles per step).RW0x0
7:0VSTEPMINMinimum voltage stepRW0x0
Table 3-1033 PRM_VP_MPU_CONFIG
Address Offset0x0000 0058
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D58InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the configuration of the Voltage Processor dedicated to MPU Voltage Domain (VDD_MPU_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
ERROROFFSETERRORGAININITVOLTAGERESERVEDTIMEOUTENINITVDDFORCEUPDATEVPENABLE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24ERROROFFSETOffset value in the Error to Voltage converter (two's complement number).RW0x0
23:16ERRORGAINGain value in the Error to Voltage converter (two's complement number).RW0x0
15:8INITVOLTAGESet the initial voltage level of the SMPS.RW0x0
7:4RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
3TIMEOUTENEnable or disable the timeout capability of the Voltage Controller State Machine.RW0x0
0x0: Timeout is disabled. Loop will wait indefinitely.
0x1: Timeout will occur when TIMEOUT cycles have elapsed.
2INITVDDInitializes the voltage in the Voltage Processor.RW0x0
0x0: Reset the initialization bit.
0x1: The positive edge of InitVdd triggers a write of the value in the InitVoltage into the Voltage Processor.
1FORCEUPDATEForces an update of the SMPS.RW0x0
0x0: Reset the force bit.
0x1: The positive edge of ForceUpdate triggers an update of the voltage to the SMPS.
0VPENABLEEnables or disables the Voltage Processor updates on SR_SInterruptz.RW0x0
0x0: Disables the Voltage Processor.
0x1: Enables the Voltage Processor.
Table 3-1034 PRM_VP_MPU_STATUS
Address Offset0x0000 005C
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D5CInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register reflects the idle state of the Voltage Processor dedicated to the MPU Voltage Domain (VDD_MPU_L. This register is read only and automatically updated.
TypeR
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVPINIDLE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:1RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
0VPINIDLEVoltage Processor 1 idle status.R0x1
0x0: The Voltage Processor 1 is processing.
0x1: The Voltage Processor 1 is in idle state.
Table 3-1035 PRM_VP_MPU_VLIMITTO
Address Offset0x0000 0060
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D60InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the configuration of the voltage limits and timeout values of the Voltage Processor dedicated to the MPU Voltage Domain (VDD_MPU_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
VDDMAXVDDMINTIMEOUT
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24VDDMAXDefines the maximum voltage supply level.RW0x0
23:16VDDMINDefines the minimum voltage supply level.RW0x0
15:0TIMEOUTDefines Voltage Controller maximum wait time for responses.RW0x0
Table 3-1036 PRM_VP_MPU_VOLTAGE
Address Offset0x0000 0064
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D64InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register indicates the current value of the SMPS voltage for the Voltage Processor dedicated to the MPU Voltage Domain (VDD_MPU_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
FORCEUPDATEWAITVPVOLTAGE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:8FORCEUPDATEWAITThe time voltage processor needs to wait for SMPS to be settled after receiving SMPS acknowledge. This wait only be used during force_update operation.RW0x111
7:0VPVOLTAGEIndicates the current SMPS programmed voltage.R0x0
Table 3-1037 PRM_VP_MPU_VSTEPMAX
Address Offset0x0000 0068
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D68InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the programming of the maximum voltage step and waiting time of the Voltage Processor dedicated to MPU Voltage Domain (VDD_MPU_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSMPSWAITTIMEMAXVSTEPMAX
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
23:8SMPSWAITTIMEMAXSlew rate for positive voltage step (in number of cycles per step).RW0x0
7:0VSTEPMAXMaximum voltage stepRW0x0
Table 3-1038 PRM_VP_MPU_VSTEPMIN
Address Offset0x0000 006C
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D6CInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the programming of the minimum voltage step and waiting time of the Voltage Processor dedicated to the MPU Voltage Domain (VDD_MPU_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSMPSWAITTIMEMINVSTEPMIN
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
23:8SMPSWAITTIMEMINSlew rate for negative voltage step (in number of cycles per step).RW0x0
7:0VSTEPMINMinimum voltage stepRW0x0
Table 3-1039 PRM_VP_MM_CONFIG
Address Offset0x0000 0070
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D70InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the configuration of the Voltage Processor dedicated to MM Voltage Domain (VDD_MM_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
ERROROFFSETERRORGAININITVOLTAGERESERVEDTIMEOUTENINITVDDFORCEUPDATEVPENABLE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24ERROROFFSETOffset value in the Error to Voltage converter (two's complement number).RW0x0
23:16ERRORGAINGain value in the Error to Voltage converter (two's complement number).RW0x0
15:8INITVOLTAGESet the initial voltage level of the SMPS.RW0x0
7:4RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
3TIMEOUTENEnable or disable the timeout capability of the Voltage Controller State Machine.RW0x0
0x0: Timeout is disabled. Loop will wait indefinitely.
0x1: Timeout will occur when TIMEOUT cycles have elapsed.
2INITVDDInitializes the voltage in the Voltage Processor.RW0x0
0x0: Reset the initialization bit.
0x1: The positive edge of InitVdd triggers a write of the value in the InitVoltage into the Voltage Processor.
1FORCEUPDATEForces an update of the SMPS.RW0x0
0x0: Reset the force bit.
0x1: The positive edge of ForceUpdate triggers an update of the voltage to the SMPS.
0VPENABLEEnables or disables the Voltage Processor updates on SR_SInterruptz.RW0x0
0x0: Disables the Voltage Processor.
0x1: Enables the Voltage Processor.
Table 3-1040 PRM_VP_MM_STATUS
Address Offset0x0000 0074
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D74InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register reflects the idle state of the Voltage Processor dedicated to the MPU Voltage Domain (VDD_MM_L. This register is read only and automatically updated.
TypeR
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVPINIDLE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:1RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
0VPINIDLEVoltage Processor 1 idle status.R0x1
0x0: The Voltage Processor 1 is processing.
0x1: The Voltage Processor 1 is in idle state.
Table 3-1041 PRM_VP_MM_VLIMITTO
Address Offset0x0000 0078
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D78InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the configuration of the voltage limits and timeout values of the Voltage Processor dedicated to the MM voltage Domain (VDD_MM_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
VDDMAXVDDMINTIMEOUT
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24VDDMAXDefines the maximum voltage supply level.RW0x0
23:16VDDMINDefines the minimum voltage supply level.RW0x0
15:0TIMEOUTDefines Voltage Controller maximum wait time for responses.RW0x0
Table 3-1042 PRM_VP_MM_VOLTAGE
Address Offset0x0000 007C
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D7CInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register indicates the current value of the SMPS voltage for the Voltage Processor dedicated to the MM voltage Domain (VDD_MM_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
FORCEUPDATEWAITVPVOLTAGE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:8FORCEUPDATEWAITThe time voltage processor needs to wait for SMPS to be settled after receiving SMPS acknowledge. This wait only be used during force_update operation.RW0x111
7:0VPVOLTAGEIndicates the current SMPS programmed voltage.R0x0
Table 3-1043 PRM_VP_MM_VSTEPMAX
Address Offset0x0000 0080
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D80InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the programming of the maximum voltage step and waiting time of the Voltage Processor dedicated to MM voltage Domain (VDD_MM_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSMPSWAITTIMEMAXVSTEPMAX
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
23:8SMPSWAITTIMEMAXSlew rate for positive voltage step (in number of cycles per step).RW0x0
7:0VSTEPMAXMaximum voltage stepRW0x0
Table 3-1044 PRM_VP_MM_VSTEPMIN
Address Offset0x0000 0084
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D84InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the programming of the minimum voltage step and waiting time of the Voltage Processor dedicated to the MM voltage Domain (VDD_MM_L).
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSMPSWAITTIMEMINVSTEPMIN
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
23:8SMPSWAITTIMEMINSlew rate for negative voltage step (in number of cycles per step).RW0x0
7:0VSTEPMINMinimum voltage stepRW0x0
Table 3-1045 PRM_VC_SMPS_CORE_CONFIG
Address Offset0x0000 0088
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D88InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the setting of the I2C slave address of the Power IC device, the setting of the voltage configuration register address for the CORE VDD and the Command (ON/ON-Low-Power/Retention/OFF) configuration register address values for CORE VDD (if used SMPS chips have different command configuration register than voltage configuration register). [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDCMD_VDD_CORE_LRACEN_VDD_CORE_LRAC_VDD_CORE_LRAV_VDD_CORE_LSEL_SA_VDD_CORE_LCMDRA_VDD_CORE_LVOLRA_VDD_CORE_LRESERVEDSA_VDD_CORE_L
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:29RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
28CMD_VDD_CORE_LCommand values (ON/ON-Low-Power/Retention/OFF voltage values) set selection for VDD_CORE_L channelRW0x1
0x0: VDD_CORE_L channel use VC_VAL_CMD_VDD_MPU_L set for command values
0x1: VDD_CORE_L channel use VC_VAL_CMD_VDD_CORE_L set for command values
27RACEN_VDD_CORE_LEnable bit for usage of RAC_VDD_CORE_LRW0x0
0x0: VDD_CORE_L channel uses VOLRA values for register address of VFSM-s commands. VFSM-s commands goes also to voltage configuration register.
0x1: VDD_CORE_L channel uses CMDRA values for register address of VFSM-s commands. VFSM-s commands goes to different command configuration register.
26RAC_VDD_CORE_LCommand (ON/ON-Low-Power/Retention/OFF) configuration register address pointer for VDD_CORE_L channelRW0x1
0x0: Select CMDRA_VDD_MPU_L for VDD_CORE_L channel
0x1: Select CMDRA_VDD_CORE_L for VDD_CORE_L channel
25RAV_VDD_CORE_LVoltage configuration register address pointer for VDD_CORE_L channel.RW0x1
0x0: Select VOLRA_VDD_MPU_L for VDD_CORE_L channel
0x1: Select VOLRA_VDD_CORE_L for VDD_CORE_L channel
24SEL_SA_VDD_CORE_LSlave address pointer for VDD_CORE_L channel.RW0x0
0x0: Select SA_VDD_MPU_L for VDD_CORE_L channel
0x1: Select SA_VDD_CORE_L for VDD_CORE_L channel
23:16CMDRA_VDD_CORE_LCommand (ON/ON-Low-Power /Retention/OFF) configuration register address value for VDD_CORE_L channel.(if VDD_CORE_L source has different command configuration register than voltage VDD_MPU_L)RW0x0
15:8VOLRA_VDD_CORE_LSet the voltage configuration register address value for the VDD_CORE_L channel (if VDD_CORE_L source is placed in same chip as VDD_MPU_L source and have different voltage configuration register)RW0x0
7RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
6:0SA_VDD_CORE_LSet the I2C slave address value for the first Power IC device.RW0x0
Table 3-1046 PRM_VC_SMPS_MM_CONFIG
Address Offset0x0000 008C
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D8CInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the setting of the I2C slave address of the Power IC device, the setting of the voltage configuration register address for the MM VDD and the Command (ON/ON-Low-Power/Retention/OFF) configuration register address values for MM VDD (if used SMPS chips have different command configuration register than voltage configuration register).. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDCMD_VDD_MM_LRACEN_VDD_MM_LRAC_VDD_MM_LRAV_VDD_MM_LSEL_SA_VDD_MM_LCMDRA_VDD_MM_LVOLRA_VDD_MM_LRESERVEDSA_VDD_MM_L
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:29RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
28CMD_VDD_MM_LCommand values (ON/ON-Low-Power/Retention/OFF voltage values) set selection for VDD_MM_L channelRW0x1
0x0: VDD_MM_L channel use VC_VAL_CMD_VDD_MPU_L set for command values
0x1: VDD_MM_L channel use VC_VAL_CMD_VDD_MM_L set for command values
27RACEN_VDD_MM_LEnable bit for usage of RAC_VDD_MM_LRW0x0
0x0: VDD_MM_L channel uses VOLRA values for register address of VFSM-s commands. VFSM-s commands goes also to voltage configuration register.
0x1: VDD_MM_L channel uses CMDRA values for register address of VFSM-s commands. VFSM-s commands goes to different command configuration register.
26RAC_VDD_MM_LCommand (ON/ON-Low-Power/Retention/OFF) configuration register address pointer for VDD_MM_L channelRW0x1
0x0: Select CMDRA_VDD_MPU_L for VDD_MM_L channel
0x1: Select CMDRA_VDD_MM_L for VDD_MM_L channel
25RAV_VDD_MM_LVoltage configuration register address pointer for VDD_MM_L channel.RW0x1
0x0: Select VOLRA_VDD_MPU_L for VDD_MM_L channel
0x1: Select VOLRA_VDD_MM_L for VDD_MM_L channel
24SEL_SA_VDD_MM_LSlave address pointer for VDD_MM_L channel.RW0x0
0x0: Select SA_VDD_MPU_L for VDD_MM_L channel
0x1: Select SA_VDD_MM_L for VDD_MM_L channel
23:16CMDRA_VDD_MM_LCommand (ON/ON-Low-Power /Retention/OFF) configuration register address value for VDD_MM_L channel (if VDD_MM_L source has different command configuration register than voltage VDD_MPU_L)RW0x0
15:8VOLRA_VDD_MM_LVoltage configuration register address value for VDD_MM_L channel (if VDD_MM_L source is placed in same chip as VDD_MPU_L source and have different voltage configuration register)RW0x0
7RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
6:0SA_VDD_MM_LSet the I2C slave address value for the second (if any) Power IC device.RW0x0
Table 3-1047 PRM_VC_SMPS_MPU_CONFIG
Address Offset0x0000 0090
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D90InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the setting of the I2C slave address of the Power IC device, the setting of the voltage configuration register address for the MPU VDD and the Command (ON/ON-Low-Power/Retention/OFF) configuration register address values for MPU VDD (if used SMPS chips have different command configuration register than voltage configuration register). [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDCMD_VDD_MPU_LRACEN_VDD_MPU_LRAC_VDD_MPU_LRAV_VDD_MPU_LSEL_SA_VDD_MPU_LCMDRA_VDD_MPU_LVOLRA_VDD_MPU_LRESERVEDSA_VDD_MPU_L
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:29RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
28CMD_VDD_MPU_LCommand values (ON/ON-Low-Power/Retention/OFF voltage values) set selection for VDD_MPU_L channel (This bit has no influence on VDD_MPU_L channel)RW0x0
27RACEN_VDD_MPU_LEnable bit for usage of RAC_VDD_MPU_LRW0x0
0x0: VDD_MPU_L channel uses VOLRA values for register address of VFSM-s commands. VFSM-s commands goes also to voltage configuration register.
0x1: VDD_MPU_L channel uses CMDRA values for register address of VFSM-s commands. VFSM-s commands goes to different command configuration register.
26RAC_VDD_MPU_LCommand (ON/ON-Low-Power/Retention/OFF) configuration register address pointer for VDD_MPU_L channel. (This bit has no influence on first VDD_MPU_L channel)RW0x0
25RAV_VDD_MPU_LVoltage configuration register address pointer for VDD_MPU_L channel. (This bit has no influence on first VDD_MPU_L channel)RW0x0
24SEL_SA_VDD_MPU_LSlave address pointer for VDD_MPU_L channel. (This bit has no influence on first VDD_MPU_L channel)RW0x0
23:16CMDRA_VDD_MPU_LCommand (ON/ON-Low-Power /Retention/OFF) configuration register address value for VDD_MPU_L channel.RW0x0
15:8VOLRA_VDD_MPU_LVoltage configuration register address value for VDD_MPU_L channel.RW0x0
7RESERVEDWrite 0's for future compatibility. Read is undefined.R0x0
6:0SA_VDD_MPU_LSet the I2C slave address value for the third (if any) Power IC device.RW0x0
Table 3-1048 PRM_VC_VAL_CMD_VDD_CORE_L
Address Offset0x0000 0094
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D94InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the setting of the ON/ON-Low-Power/Retention/OFF command values for VDD_CORE_L channel. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
ONONLPRETOFF
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24ONSet the ON command value.RW0x0
23:16ONLPSet the ON-Low-Power command value.RW0x0
15:8RETSet the RET command value.RW0x0
7:0OFFSet the OFF command value.RW0x0
Table 3-1049 PRM_VC_VAL_CMD_VDD_MM_L
Address Offset0x0000 0098
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D98InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the setting of the ON/ON-Low-Power/Retention/OFF command values for VDD_MM_L channel. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
ONONLPRETOFF
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24ONSet the ON command value.RW0x0
23:16ONLPSet the ON-Low-Power command value.RW0x0
15:8RETSet the RET command value.RW0x0
7:0OFFSet the OFF command value.RW0x0
Table 3-1050 PRM_VC_VAL_CMD_VDD_MPU_L
Address Offset0x0000 009C
Physical Address0x4AE0 7D9CInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register allows the setting of the ON/ON-Low-Power/Retention/OFF command values for VDD_MPU_L channel. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
ONONLPRETOFF
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24ONSet the ON command value.RW0x0
23:16ONLPSet the ON-Low-Power command value.RW0x0
15:8RETSet the RET command value.RW0x0
7:0OFFSet the OFF command value.RW0x0
Table 3-1051 PRM_VC_VAL_BYPASS
Address Offset0x0000 00A0
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DA0InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionBypass data values register used for bypass command channel to send other configuration information (other then voltage configuration parameters) for SMPS chips which have no other configuration interface then this I2C interface and flag to indicate OPP change to EMIF to allow read/write leveling. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDOPP_CHANGE_EMIF_LVLVALIDDATAREGADDRRESERVEDSLAVEADDR
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:26RESERVEDR0x0
25OPP_CHANGE_EMIF_LVLThis bit controls read-write leveling of EMIF memories (DDR3). It must be set in case OPP voltage change is done through Voltage Controller whithout passing through Voltage processor.RW0x0
0x0: Enable leveling
0x1: disable leveling
24VALIDThis bit validates the bypass command. It is automatically cleared by HW either after getting the acknowledge back from the SMPS or if an error occurred.RW0x0
0x0: The last command send has been acknowledged
0x1: Pending command is being process
23:16DATAData to send to the Power IC device.RW0x0
15:8REGADDRSet the address of Power IC device register to configure.RW0x0
7RESERVEDR0x0
6:0SLAVEADDRSet the I2C slave address value.RW0x0
Table 3-1052 PRM_VC_CORE_ERRST
Address Offset0x0000 00A4
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DA4InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis debug register logs CORE related error status coming from Voltage Controller. Must be cleared by software.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVFSM_TIMEOUT_ERR_COREVFSM_RA_ERR_COREVFSM_SA_ERR_CORESMPS_TIMEOUT_ERR_CORESMPS_RA_ERR_CORESMPS_SA_ERR_CORE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:6RESERVEDR0x0
5VFSM_TIMEOUT_ERR_CORECORE voltage FSM command frame is finished but is not acknowledged by the slave, or (I2C multimaster) arbitration lost.RW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
4VFSM_RA_ERR_COREWrong register address error for CORE voltage FSMRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
3VFSM_SA_ERR_COREWrong slave address error for CORE voltage FSMRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
2SMPS_TIMEOUT_ERR_CORECORE voltage processor command frame is finished but is not acknowledged by the slave, or (I2C multimaster) arbitration lost.RW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
1SMPS_RA_ERR_COREWrong register address error for CORE voltage processorRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
0SMPS_SA_ERR_COREWrong slave address error for CORE voltage processorRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
Table 3-1053 PRM_VC_MM_ERRST
Address Offset0x0000 00A8
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DA8InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis debug register logs MM related error status coming from Voltage Controller. Must be cleared by software.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVFSM_TIMEOUT_ERR_MMVFSM_RA_ERR_MMVFSM_SA_ERR_MMSMPS_TIMEOUT_ERR_MMSMPS_RA_ERR_MMSMPS_SA_ERR_MM
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:6RESERVEDR0x0
5VFSM_TIMEOUT_ERR_MMMM voltage FSM command frame is finished but is not acknowledged by the slave, or (I2C multimaster) arbitration lost.RW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
4VFSM_RA_ERR_MMWrong register address error for MM voltage FSMRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
3VFSM_SA_ERR_MMWrong slave address error for MM voltage FSMRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
2SMPS_TIMEOUT_ERR_MMMM voltage processor command frame is finished but is not acknowledged by the slave, or (I2C multimaster) arbitration lost.RW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
1SMPS_RA_ERR_MMWrong register address error for MM voltage processorRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
0SMPS_SA_ERR_MMWrong slave address error for MM voltage processorRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
Table 3-1054 PRM_VC_MPU_ERRST
Address Offset0x0000 00AC
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DACInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis debug register logs MPU related error status coming from Voltage Controller. Must be cleared by software.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVFSM_TIMEOUT_ERR_MPUVFSM_RA_ERR_MPUVFSM_SA_ERR_MPUSMPS_TIMEOUT_ERR_MPUSMPS_RA_ERR_MPUSMPS_SA_ERR_MPU
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:6RESERVEDR0x0
5VFSM_TIMEOUT_ERR_MPUMPU voltage FSM command frame is finished but is not acknowledged by the slave, or (I2C multimaster) arbitration lost.RW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
4VFSM_RA_ERR_MPUWrong register address error for MPU voltage FSMRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
3VFSM_SA_ERR_MPUWrong slave address error for MPU voltage FSMRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
2SMPS_TIMEOUT_ERR_MPUMPU voltage processor command frame is finished but is not acknowledged by the slave, or (I2C multimaster) arbitration lost.RW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
1SMPS_RA_ERR_MPUWrong register address error for MPU voltage processorRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
0SMPS_SA_ERR_MPUWrong slave address error for MPU voltage processorRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
Table 3-1055 PRM_VC_BYPASS_ERRST
Address Offset0x0000 00B0
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DB0InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis debug register logs BYPASS related error status coming from Voltage Controller. Must be cleared by software.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDBYPS_TIMEOUT_ERRBYPS_RA_ERRBYPS_SA_ERR
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:3RESERVEDR0x0
2BYPS_TIMEOUT_ERRBYPASS command frame is finished but is not acknowledged by the slave, or (I2C multimaster) arbitration lost.RW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
1BYPS_RA_ERRWrong register address error for BYPASS commandRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
0BYPS_SA_ERRWrong slave address error for BYPASS commandRW0x0
0x0: No error
0x1: An error has been logged
Table 3-1056 PRM_VC_CFG_I2C_MODE
Address Offset0x0000 00B4
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DB4InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionI2C configuration register. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDDFILTERENRESERVEDSRMODEENHSMODEENHSMCODE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:7RESERVEDR0x0
6DFILTERENThis field enables double filter procedure for I2C input linesRW0x0
0x0: I2C bus digital filter rejects all glitches smaller than 1 sytem clock cycle
0x1: I2C bus digital filter rejects all glitches smaller than 2 sytem clock cycle
5RESERVEDR0x0
4SRMODEENEnables the I2C repeated start operation mode (effect of holding the SCL and SDA lines low, in effect blocking the I2C bus from losing arbitration between repeated start points). Use of this feature results from a trade-off between speed and power consumption of I2C interface.RW0x1
0x0: Disables the repeated start operation mode
0x1: Enables the repeated start operation mode
3HSMODEENEnables I2C bus High Speed mode.RW0x1
0x0: Disables the I2C high speed mode
0x1: Enables the I2C high speed mode
2:0HSMCODEMaster code value for I2C High Speed preamble transmission.RW0x0
Table 3-1057 PRM_VC_CFG_I2C_CLK
Address Offset0x0000 00B8
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DB8InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionI2C Interface clock configuration parameters. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
HSSCLLHSSCLHSCLLSCLH
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24HSSCLLNumber of the system clock cycles, necessary to count the low period of the I2C clock signal, when the I2C interface runs in High-Speed mode of operation.RW0x0
23:16HSSCLHNumber of the system clock cycles, necessary to count the high period of the I2C clock signal, when the I2C interface runs in High-Speed mode of operation.RW0x0
15:8SCLLNumber of the system clock cycles, necessary to count the low period of the I2C clock signal, when the I2C interface runs in Fast mode of operation.RW0x0
7:0SCLHNumber of the system clock cycles, necessary to count the high period of the I2C clock signal, when the I2C interface runs in Fast mode of operation.RW0x0
Table 3-1058 PRM_SRAM_COUNT
Address Offset0x0000 00BC
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DBCInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionCommon setup for SRAM LDO transition counters. Applies to all voltage domains. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
STARTUP_COUNTSLPCNT_VALUEVSETUPCNT_VALUERESERVEDPCHARGECNT_VALUE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:24STARTUP_COUNTDetermines the start-up duration of SRAM and ABB LDO. The duration is computed as 16 x NbCycles of system clock cycles. Target is 50us.RW0x78
23:16SLPCNT_VALUEDelay between retention/off assertion of last SRAM bank and SRAMALLRET signal to LDO is driven high. Counting on system clock. Target is 2us.RW0x0
15:8VSETUPCNT_VALUESRAM LDO rampup time from retention to active mode. The duration is computed as 8 x NbCycles of system clock cycles. Target is 30us.RW0x0
7:6RESERVEDR0x0
5:0PCHARGECNT_VALUEDelay between de-assertion of standby_rta_ret_on and standby_rta_ret_good. Counting on system clock. Target is 600ns.RW0x17
Table 3-1059 PRM_SRAM_WKUP_SETUP
Address Offset0x0000 00C0
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DC0InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionSetup of memory in WKUP voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDENABLE_RTA
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:1RESERVEDR0x0
0ENABLE_RTAControl for HD memory RTA feature. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: HD memory RTA feature is disabled
0x1: HD memory RTA feature is enabled
Table 3-1060 PRM_SLDO_CORE_SETUP
Address Offset0x0000 00C4
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DC4InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionSetup of the SRAM LDO for CORE voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDAIPOFFENFUNC5ENFUNC4ENFUNC3ENFUNC2ENFUNC1ABBOFF_SLEEPABBOFF_ACTENABLE_RTA
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:9RESERVEDR0x0
8AIPOFFOverride on AIPOFF input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: AIPOFF signal is not overriden
0x1: AIPOFF signal is overriden to '1'. Corresponding SRAM LDO is disabled and in HZ mode.
7ENFUNC5ENFUNC5 input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: Active to retention is a one step transfer
0x1: Active to retention is a two steps transfer
6ENFUNC4ENFUNC4 input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: One external clock is supplied
0x1: No external clock is supplied
5ENFUNC3ENFUNC3 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: Sub regulation is disabled
0x1: Sub regulation is enabled
4ENFUNC2ENFUNC2 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: External cap is used
0x1: External cap is not used
3ENFUNC1ENFUNC1 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: Short circuit protection is disabled
0x1: Short circuit protection is enabled
2ABBOFF_SLEEPDetermines whether SRAMNWA is supplied by VDDS or VDDAR during deep-sleep. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDS
0x1: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDAR
1ABBOFF_ACTDetermines whether SRAMNWA is supplied by VDDS or VDDAR during active mode. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDS
0x1: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDAR
0ENABLE_RTAControl for HD memory RTA feature. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: HD memory RTA feature is disabled
0x1: HD memory RTA feature is enabled
Table 3-1061 PRM_SLDO_CORE_CTRL
Address Offset0x0000 00C8
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DC8InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionControl and status of the SRAM LDO for CORE voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeR
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSRAM_IN_TRANSITIONSRAMLDO_STATUSRESERVEDRETMODE_ENABLE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:10RESERVEDR0x0
9SRAM_IN_TRANSITIONStatus indicating SRAM LDO state machine state.R0x0
0x0: SRAM LDO state machine is stable
0x1: SRAM LDO state machine is in transition state
8SRAMLDO_STATUSSRAMLDO statusR0x0
0x0: SRAMLDO is in ACTIVE mode.
0x1: SRAMLDO is on RETENTION mode.
7:1RESERVEDR0x0
0RETMODE_ENABLEControl if the SRAM LDO retention mode is used or not.R0x0
0x0: SRAM LDO is not allowed to go to RET mode
Table 3-1062 PRM_SLDO_MPU_SETUP
Address Offset0x0000 00CC
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DCCInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionSetup of the SRAM LDO for MPU voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDAIPOFFENFUNC5ENFUNC4ENFUNC3ENFUNC2ENFUNC1ABBOFF_SLEEPABBOFF_ACTENABLE_RTA
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:9RESERVEDR0x0
8AIPOFFOverride on AIPOFF input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: AIPOFF signal is not overriden
0x1: AIPOFF signal is overriden to '1'. Corresponding SRAM LDO is disabled and in HZ mode.
7ENFUNC5ENFUNC5 input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: Active to retention is a one step transfer
0x1: Active to retention is a two steps transfer
6ENFUNC4ENFUNC4 input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: One external clock is supplied
0x1: No external clock is supplied
5ENFUNC3ENFUNC3 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: Sub regulation is disabled
0x1: Sub regulation is enabled
4ENFUNC2ENFUNC2 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: External cap is used
0x1: External cap is not used
3ENFUNC1ENFUNC1 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: Short circuit protection is disabled
0x1: Short circuit protection is enabled
2ABBOFF_SLEEPDetermines whether SRAMNWA is supplied by VDDS or VDDAR during deep-sleep. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDS
0x1: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDAR
1ABBOFF_ACTDetermines whether SRAMNWA is supplied by VDDS or VDDAR during active mode. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDS
0x1: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDAR
0ENABLE_RTAControl for HD memory RTA feature. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: HD memory RTA feature is disabled
0x1: HD memory RTA feature is enabled
Table 3-1063 PRM_SLDO_MPU_CTRL
Address Offset0x0000 00D0
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DD0InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionControl and status of the SRAM LDO for MPU voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSRAM_IN_TRANSITIONSRAMLDO_STATUSRESERVEDRETMODE_ENABLE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:10RESERVEDR0x0
9SRAM_IN_TRANSITIONStatus indicating SRAM LDO state machine state.R0x0
0x0: SRAM LDO state machine is stable
0x1: SRAM LDO state machine is in transition state
8SRAMLDO_STATUSSRAMLDO statusR0x0
0x0: SRAMLDO is in ACTIVE mode.
0x1: SRAMLDO is on RETENTION mode.
7:1RESERVEDR0x0
0RETMODE_ENABLEControl if the SRAM LDO retention mode is used or not.RW0x0
0x0: SRAM LDO is not allowed to go to RET mode
0x1: SRAM LDO go to RET mode when all memory of voltage domain are OFF or RET
Table 3-1064 PRM_SLDO_GPU_SETUP
Address Offset0x0000 00D4
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DD4InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionSetup of the SRAM LDO for GPU voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDAIPOFFENFUNC5ENFUNC4ENFUNC3ENFUNC2ENFUNC1ABBOFF_SLEEPABBOFF_ACTENABLE_RTA
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:9RESERVEDR0x0
8AIPOFFOverride on AIPOFF input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: AIPOFF signal is not overriden
0x1: AIPOFF signal is overriden to '1'. Corresponding SRAM LDO is disabled and in HZ mode.
7ENFUNC5ENFUNC5 input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: Active to retention is a one step transfer
0x1: Active to retention is a two steps transfer
6ENFUNC4ENFUNC4 input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: One external clock is supplied
0x1: No external clock is supplied
5ENFUNC3ENFUNC3 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: Sub regulation is disabled
0x1: Sub regulation is enabled
4ENFUNC2ENFUNC2 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: External cap is used
0x1: External cap is not used
3ENFUNC1ENFUNC1 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: Short circuit protection is disabled
0x1: Short circuit protection is enabled
2ABBOFF_SLEEPDetermines whether SRAMNWA is supplied by VDDS or VDDAR during deep-sleep. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDS
0x1: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDAR
1ABBOFF_ACTDetermines whether SRAMNWA is supplied by VDDS or VDDAR during active mode. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDS
0x1: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDAR
0ENABLE_RTAControl for HD memory RTA feature. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: HD memory RTA feature is disabled
0x1: HD memory RTA feature is enabled
Table 3-1065 PRM_SLDO_GPU_CTRL
Address Offset0x0000 00D8
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DD8InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionControl and status of the SRAM LDO for GPU voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSRAM_IN_TRANSITIONSRAMLDO_STATUSRESERVEDRETMODE_ENABLE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:10RESERVEDR0x0
9SRAM_IN_TRANSITIONStatus indicating SRAM LDO state machine state.R0x0
0x0: SRAM LDO state machine is stable
0x1: SRAM LDO state machine is in transition state
8SRAMLDO_STATUSSRAMLDO statusR0x0
0x0: SRAMLDO is in ACTIVE mode.
0x1: SRAMLDO is on RETENTION mode.
7:1RESERVEDR0x0
0RETMODE_ENABLEControl if the SRAM LDO retention mode is used or not.RW0x0
0x0: SRAM LDO is not allowed to go to RET mode
0x1: SRAM LDO go to RET mode when all memory of voltage domain are OFF or RET
Table 3-1066 PRM_ABBLDO_MPU_SETUP
Address Offset0x0000 00DC
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DDCInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionSelects the MPU_ABB LDO mode.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSR2_WTCNT_VALUERESERVEDRESERVEDRESERVEDACTIVE_FBB_SELRESERVEDSR2EN
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:16RESERVEDR0x0
15:8SR2_WTCNT_VALUELDO settling time for active-mode OPP change. Counting at a 16 system clock cycles rate. Target is 50us. [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
7:5RESERVEDR0x0
4RESERVEDR0x0
3RESERVEDR0x0
2ACTIVE_FBB_SELDefines ABB LDO mode when voltage is in slow fast OPP. [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
0x0: ABB LDO is in bypass mode
0x1: ABB LDO is in FBB mode
1RESERVEDR0x0
0SR2ENEnable ABB power managementRW0x0
0x0: ABB LDO is put in bypass mode
0x1: ABB LDO will operate accordingly to settings
Table 3-1067 PRM_ABBLDO_MPU_CTRL
Address Offset0x0000 00E0
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DE0InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionControl and Status of ABB on MPU voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSR2_IN_TRANSITIONRESERVEDSR2_STATUSOPP_CHANGEOPP_SEL
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:7RESERVEDR0x0
6SR2_IN_TRANSITIONIndicates VBBLDO_CON is or is not in transition state. This output should be used by programming interface to clear OPP_CHANGE bit as an indication of OPP change completion.R0x0
0x0: IDLE
0x1: Indicates that VBBLDO_CON is in transition and SR2_STATUS bits are not stable to read.
5RESERVEDR0x0
4:3SR2_STATUSIndicate ABB LDO current operation statusR0x0
0x0: ABB LDO is placed in bypass mode.
0x1: Reserved
0x2: ABB LDO is placed in FBB active mode.
0x3: Reserved
2OPP_CHANGEWhen OPP_CHANGE is set to 1, VBBLDO_CON samples OPP_SEL ACTIVE_FBB_SEL upon detecting rising edge. VBBLDO_CON asserts signal SR2_IN_TRANSITION in response to OPP_CHANGE. OPP_CHANGE should be cleared to 0 when SR2_IN_TRANSITION from VBBLDO_CON is de-asserted.RW0x0
1:0OPP_SELTo control the ABB LDO (FBB/RBB) at a given OPP, set to 0x1. Refer to ABB LDO Programming sequence.RW0x0
0x0: default : Nominal
0x1: Fast OPP
Table 3-1068 PRM_ABBLDO_GPU_SETUP
Address Offset0x0000 00E4
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DE4InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionSelects the GPU_ABB LDO mode.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSR2_WTCNT_VALUERESERVEDRESERVEDRESERVEDACTIVE_FBB_SELRESERVEDSR2EN
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:16RESERVEDR0x0
15:8SR2_WTCNT_VALUELDO settling time for active-mode OPP change. Counting at a 16 system clock cycles rate. Target is 50us. [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
7:5RESERVEDR0x0
4RESERVEDR0x0
3RESERVEDR0x0
2ACTIVE_FBB_SELDefines ABB LDO mode when voltage is in slow fast OPP. [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
0x0: ABB LDO is in bypass mode
0x1: ABB LDO is in FBB mode
1RESERVEDR0x0
0SR2ENEnable ABB power managementRW0x0
0x0: ABB LDO is put in bypass mode
0x1: ABB LDO will operate accordingly to settings
Table 3-1069 PRM_ABBLDO_GPU_CTRL
Address Offset0x0000 00E8
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DE8InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionControl and Status of ABB on GPU voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSR2_IN_TRANSITIONRESERVEDSR2_STATUSOPP_CHANGEOPP_SEL
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:7RESERVEDR0x0
6SR2_IN_TRANSITIONIndicates VBBLDO_CON is or is not in transition state. This output should be used by programming interface to clear OPP_CHANGE bit as an indication of OPP change completion.R0x0
0x0: IDLE
0x1: Indicates that VBBLDO_CON is in transition and SR2_STATUS bits are not stable to read.
5RESERVEDR0x0
4:3SR2_STATUSIndicate ABB LDO current operation statusR0x0
0x0: ABB LDO is placed in bypass mode.
0x1: Reserved
0x2: ABB LDO is placed in FBB active mode.
0x3: Reserved
2OPP_CHANGEWhen OPP_CHANGE is set to 1, VBBLDO_CON samples OPP_SEL ACTIVE_FBB_SEL upon detecting rising edge. VBBLDO_CON asserts signal SR2_IN_TRANSITION in response to OPP_CHANGE. OPP_CHANGE should be cleared to 0 when SR2_IN_TRANSITION from VBBLDO_CON is de-asserted.RW0x0
1:0OPP_SELTo control the ABB LDO (FBB/RBB) at a given OPP, set to 0x1. Refer to ABB LDO Programming sequence.RW0x0
0x0: default : Nominal
0x1: Fast OPP
Table 3-1070 PRM_BANDGAP_SETUP
Address Offset0x0000 00EC
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DECInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionSetup of the bandgap. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSTARTUP_COUNT
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:8RESERVEDR0x0
7:0STARTUP_COUNTDetermines the start-up duration of BANDGAP. The duration is computed as 32 x NbCycles of system clock cycles. Target is 100us.RW0x78
Table 3-1071 PRM_DEVICE_OFF_CTRL
Address Offset0x0000 00F0
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DF0InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register is used to control device OFF transition.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDEMIF2_OFFWKUP_DISABLEEMIF1_OFFWKUP_DISABLERESERVEDDEVICE_OFF_ENABLE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:10RESERVEDR0x0
9EMIF2_OFFWKUP_DISABLEControls the EMIF2_DEVICE_OFFWKUP_CORESRTACTST notifier sent to EMIF1 upon a device wakeup from OFF mode. [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
0x0: Notifier is activated.
0x1: Notifier is not activated - stays low
8EMIF1_OFFWKUP_DISABLEControls the EMIF1_DEVICE_OFFWKUP_CORESRTACTST notifier sent to EMIF2 upon a device wakeup from OFF mode. [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
0x0: Notifier is activated.
0x1: Notifier is not activated - stays low
7:1RESERVEDR0x0
0DEVICE_OFF_ENABLEControls transition to device OFF mode.RW0x0
0x0: Device is not allowed to perform transition to OFF mode
0x1: Device is allowed to perform transition to OFF mode as soon as all power domains in MPU, MM and CORE voltage are in OFF or OSWRET state (open switch retention)
Table 3-1072 PRM_PHASE1_CNDP
Address Offset0x0000 00F4
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DF4InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register stores the start descriptor address of automatic restore phase1. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeR
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
PHASE1_CNDP
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:0PHASE1_CNDPStart descriptor address of automatic restore phase1. Hard-coded to SAR_ROM base address.R0x4a05e000
Table 3-1073 PRM_PHASE2A_CNDP
Address Offset0x0000 00F8
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DF8InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register stores the start descriptor address of automatic restore phase2A. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeR
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
PHASE2A_CNDP
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:0PHASE2A_CNDPStart descriptor address of automatic restore phase2A. Hard-coded to SAR_ROM base address + 0x30.R0x4a05e030
Table 3-1074 PRM_PHASE2B_CNDP
Address Offset0x0000 00FC
Physical Address0x4AE0 7DFCInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register stores the start descriptor address of automatic restore phase2B. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeR
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
PHASE2B_CNDP
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:0PHASE2B_CNDPStart descriptor address of automatic restore phase2B. Hard-coded to SAR_ROM base address + 0x60.R0x4a05e060
Table 3-1075 PRM_MODEM_IF_CTRL
Address Offset0x0000 0100
Physical Address0x4AE0 7E00InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register is used to control dedicated interfaces between on-chip modem and APE.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDMODEM_SHUTDOWN_IRQMODEM_WAKE_IRQRESERVED
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:10RESERVEDR0x0
9MODEM_SHUTDOWN_IRQControls an interrupt signal to shutdown modem.RW0x0
0x0: Interrupt is inactive
0x1: Interrupt is active
8MODEM_WAKE_IRQControls an interrupt signal to wakeup modem.RW0x0
0x0: Interrupt is inactive
0x1: Interrupt is active
7:0RESERVEDR0x0
Table 3-1076 PRM_VOLTST_MPU
Address Offset0x0000 0110
Physical Address0x4AE0 7E10InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register provides a status on the current MPU voltage domain state. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeR
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDINTRANSITIONRESERVEDVOLTSTATEST
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:21RESERVEDR0x0
20INTRANSITIONDomain transition statusR0x0
0x0: No on-going transition on voltage domain
0x1: Voltage domain transition is in progress.
19:2RESERVEDR0x0
1:0VOLTSTATESTCurrent voltage state statusR0x3
0x0: Voltage domain is OFF
0x1: Voltage domain is in RETENTION
0x2: Voltage domain is SLEEP
0x3: Voltage domain is ON
Table 3-1077 PRM_VOLTST_MM
Address Offset0x0000 0114
Physical Address0x4AE0 7E14InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionThis register provides a status on the current MM voltage domain state. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeR
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDINTRANSITIONRESERVEDVOLTSTATEST
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:21RESERVEDR0x0
20INTRANSITIONDomain transition statusR0x0
0x0: No on-going transition on voltage domain
0x1: Voltage domain transition is in progress.
19:2RESERVEDR0x0
1:0VOLTSTATESTCurrent voltage state statusR0x3
0x0: Voltage domain is OFF
0x1: Voltage domain is in RETENTION
0x2: Voltage domain is SLEEP
0x3: Voltage domain is ON
Table 3-1078 PRM_SLDO_DSPEVE_SETUP
Address Offset0x0000 0118
Physical Address0x4AE0 7E18InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionSetup of the SRAM LDO for DSPEVE voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDAIPOFFENFUNC5ENFUNC4ENFUNC3ENFUNC2ENFUNC1ABBOFF_SLEEPABBOFF_ACTENABLE_RTA
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:9RESERVEDR0x0
8AIPOFFOverride on AIPOFF input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: AIPOFF signal is not overriden
0x1: AIPOFF signal is overriden to '1'. Corresponding SRAM LDO is disabled and in HZ mode.
7ENFUNC5ENFUNC5 input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: Active to retention is a one step transfer
0x1: Active to retention is a two steps transfer
6ENFUNC4ENFUNC4 input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: One external clock is supplied
0x1: No external clock is supplied
5ENFUNC3ENFUNC3 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: Sub regulation is disabled
0x1: Sub regulation is enabled
4ENFUNC2ENFUNC2 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: External cap is used
0x1: External cap is not used
3ENFUNC1ENFUNC1 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: Short circuit protection is disabled
0x1: Short circuit protection is enabled
2ABBOFF_SLEEPDetermines whether SRAMNWA is supplied by VDDS or VDDAR during deep-sleep. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDS
0x1: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDAR
1ABBOFF_ACTDetermines whether SRAMNWA is supplied by VDDS or VDDAR during active mode. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDS
0x1: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDAR
0ENABLE_RTAControl for HD memory RTA feature. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: HD memory RTA feature is disabled
0x1: HD memory RTA feature is enabled
Table 3-1079 PRM_SLDO_IVA_SETUP
Address Offset0x0000 011C
Physical Address0x4AE0 7E1CInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionSetup of the SRAM LDO for IVA voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDAIPOFFENFUNC5ENFUNC4ENFUNC3ENFUNC2ENFUNC1ABBOFF_SLEEPABBOFF_ACTENABLE_RTA
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:9RESERVEDR0x0
8AIPOFFOverride on AIPOFF input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: AIPOFF signal is not overriden
0x1: AIPOFF signal is overriden to '1'. Corresponding SRAM LDO is disabled and in HZ mode.
7ENFUNC5ENFUNC5 input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: Active to retention is a one step transfer
0x1: Active to retention is a two steps transfer
6ENFUNC4ENFUNC4 input of SRAM LDO.RW0x0
0x0: One external clock is supplied
0x1: No external clock is supplied
5ENFUNC3ENFUNC3 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: Sub regulation is disabled
0x1: Sub regulation is enabled
4ENFUNC2ENFUNC2 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: External cap is used
0x1: External cap is not used
3ENFUNC1ENFUNC1 input of SRAM LDO. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: Short circuit protection is disabled
0x1: Short circuit protection is enabled
2ABBOFF_SLEEPDetermines whether SRAMNWA is supplied by VDDS or VDDAR during deep-sleep. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDS
0x1: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDAR
1ABBOFF_ACTDetermines whether SRAMNWA is supplied by VDDS or VDDAR during active mode. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDS
0x1: SRAMNWA supplied with VDDAR
0ENABLE_RTAControl for HD memory RTA feature. After PowerOn reset and Efuse sensing, this bitfield is automatically loaded with an Efuse value from control module. Bitfield remains writable after this.RW0x0
0x0: HD memory RTA feature is disabled
0x1: HD memory RTA feature is enabled
Table 3-1080 PRM_ABBLDO_DSPEVE_CTRL
Address Offset0x0000 0120
Physical Address0x4AE0 7E20InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionControl and Status of ABB on DSPEVE voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSR2_IN_TRANSITIONRESERVEDSR2_STATUSOPP_CHANGEOPP_SEL
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:7RESERVEDR0x0
6SR2_IN_TRANSITIONIndicates VBBLDO_CON is or is not in transition state. This output should be used by programming interface to clear OPP_CHANGE bit as an indication of OPP change completion.R0x0
0x0: IDLE
0x1: Indicates that VBBLDO_CON is in transition and SR2_STATUS bits are not stable to read.
5RESERVEDR0x0
4:3SR2_STATUSIndicate ABB LDO current operation statusR0x0
0x0: ABB LDO is placed in bypass mode.
0x1: Reserved
0x2: ABB LDO is placed in FBB active mode.
0x3: Reserved
2OPP_CHANGEWhen OPP_CHANGE is set to 1, VBBLDO_CON samples OPP_SEL ACTIVE_FBB_SEL upon detecting rising edge. VBBLDO_CON asserts signal SR2_IN_TRANSITION in response to OPP_CHANGE. OPP_CHANGE should be cleared to 0 when SR2_IN_TRANSITION from VBBLDO_CON is de-asserted.RW0x0
1:0OPP_SELTo control the ABB LDO (FBB/RBB) at a given OPP, set to 0x1. Refer to ABB LDO Programming sequence.RW0x0
0x0: default : Nominal
0x1: Fast OPP
Table 3-1081 PRM_ABBLDO_IVA_CTRL
Address Offset0x0000 0124
Physical Address0x4AE0 7E24InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionControl and Status of ABB on IVA voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSR2_IN_TRANSITIONRESERVEDSR2_STATUSOPP_CHANGEOPP_SEL
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:7RESERVEDR0x0
6SR2_IN_TRANSITIONIndicates VBBLDO_CON is or is not in transition state. This output should be used by programming interface to clear OPP_CHANGE bit as an indication of OPP change completion.R0x0
0x0: IDLE
0x1: Indicates that VBBLDO_CON is in transition and SR2_STATUS bits are not stable to read.
5RESERVEDR0x0
4:3SR2_STATUSIndicate ABB LDO current operation statusR0x0
0x0: ABB LDO is placed in bypass mode.
0x1: Reserved
0x2: ABB LDO is placed in FBB active mode.
0x3: Reserved
2OPP_CHANGEWhen OPP_CHANGE is set to 1, VBBLDO_CON samples OPP_SEL ACTIVE_FBB_SEL upon detecting rising edge. VBBLDO_CON asserts signal SR2_IN_TRANSITION in response to OPP_CHANGE. OPP_CHANGE should be cleared to 0 when SR2_IN_TRANSITION from VBBLDO_CON is de-asserted.RW0x0
1:0OPP_SELTo control the ABB LDO (FBB/RBB) at a given OPP, set to 0x1. Refer to ABB LDO Programming sequence.RW0x0
0x0: default : Nominal
0x1: Fast OPP
Table 3-1082 PRM_SLDO_DSPEVE_CTRL
Address Offset0x0000 0128
Physical Address0x4AE0 7E28InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionControl and status of the SRAM LDO for CORE voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSRAM_IN_TRANSITIONSRAMLDO_STATUSRESERVEDRETMODE_ENABLE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:10RESERVEDR0x0
9SRAM_IN_TRANSITIONStatus indicating SRAM LDO state machine state.R0x0
0x0: SRAM LDO state machine is stable
0x1: SRAM LDO state machine is in transition state
8SRAMLDO_STATUSSRAMLDO statusR0x0
0x0: SRAMLDO is in ACTIVE mode.
0x1: SRAMLDO is on RETENTION mode.
7:1RESERVEDR0x0
0RETMODE_ENABLEControl if the SRAM LDO retention mode is used or not.RW0x0
0x0: SRAM LDO is not allowed to go to RET mode
0x1: SRAM LDO go to RET mode when all memory of voltage domain are OFF or RET
Table 3-1083 PRM_SLDO_IVA_CTRL
Address Offset0x0000 012C
Physical Address0x4AE0 7E2CInstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionControl and status of the SRAM LDO for CORE voltage domain. [warm reset insensitive]
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSRAM_IN_TRANSITIONSRAMLDO_STATUSRESERVEDRETMODE_ENABLE
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:10RESERVEDR0x0
9SRAM_IN_TRANSITIONStatus indicating SRAM LDO state machine state.R0x0
0x0: SRAM LDO state machine is stable
0x1: SRAM LDO state machine is in transition state
8SRAMLDO_STATUSSRAMLDO statusR0x0
0x0: SRAMLDO is in ACTIVE mode.
0x1: SRAMLDO is on RETENTION mode.
7:1RESERVEDR0x0
0RETMODE_ENABLEControl if the SRAM LDO retention mode is used or not.RW0x0
0x0: SRAM LDO is not allowed to go to RET mode
0x1: SRAM LDO go to RET mode when all memory of voltage domain are OFF or RET
Table 3-1084 PRM_ABBLDO_DSPEVE_SETUP
Address Offset0x0000 0130
Physical Address0x4AE0 7E30InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionSelects the GPU_ABB LDO mode.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSR2_WTCNT_VALUERESERVEDRESERVEDRESERVEDACTIVE_FBB_SELRESERVEDSR2EN
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:16RESERVEDR0x0
15:8SR2_WTCNT_VALUELDO settling time for active-mode OPP change. Counting at a 16 system clock cycles rate. Target is 50us. [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
7:5RESERVEDR0x0
4RESERVEDR0x0
3RESERVEDR0x0
2ACTIVE_FBB_SELDefines ABB LDO mode when voltage is in slow fast OPP. [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
0x0: ABB LDO is in bypass mode
0x1: ABB LDO is in FBB mode
1RESERVEDR0x0
0SR2ENEnable ABB power managementRW0x0
0x0: ABB LDO is put in bypass mode
0x1: ABB LDO will operate accordingly to settings
Table 3-1085 PRM_ABBLDO_IVA_SETUP
Address Offset0x0000 0134
Physical Address0x4AE0 7E34InstanceDEVICE_PRM
DescriptionSelects the GPU_ABB LDO mode.
TypeRW
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDSR2_WTCNT_VALUERESERVEDRESERVEDRESERVEDACTIVE_FBB_SELRESERVEDSR2EN
BitsField NameDescriptionTypeReset
31:16RESERVEDR0x0
15:8SR2_WTCNT_VALUELDO settling time for active-mode OPP change. Counting at a 16 system clock cycles rate. Target is 50us. [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
7:5RESERVEDR0x0
4RESERVEDR0x0
3RESERVEDR0x0
2ACTIVE_FBB_SELDefines ABB LDO mode when voltage is in slow fast OPP. [warm reset insensitive]RW0x0
0x0: ABB LDO is in bypass mode
0x1: ABB LDO is in FBB mode
1RESERVEDR0x0
0SR2ENEnable ABB power managementRW0x0
0x0: ABB LDO is put in bypass mode
0x1: ABB LDO will operate accordingly to settings